10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

x Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

or

¨ Transition report pursuant to section 12 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

for transition period from              to             

Commission File Number: 0-15083

The South Financial Group, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

South Carolina	57-0824914
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
102 South Main Street, Greenville, South Carolina	29601
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(864) 255-7900

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None	None
(Title of Each Class)	(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large Accelerated Filer  x Accelerated filer  ¨ Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x.

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of such stock on June 30, 2006, was approximately $1.9 billion.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value, outstanding on February 21, 2007 was 74,522,709.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission are specifically identified and incorporated by reference into Part II and III.

The Exhibit Index begins on page 135

INDEX

			Page
PART I
	Item 1.	Business	1
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	10
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	12
	Item 2.	Properties	12
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	13
	Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Shareholders	13
PART II
	Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	14
	Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	17
	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	18
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	65
	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	66
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	126
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	126
	Item 9B.	Other Information	127
PART III
	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	128
	Item 11.	Executive Compensation	128
	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	128
	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	128
	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	128
PART IV
	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	129

PART I

Item 1. Business

The Company

The South Financial Group, Inc. is a South Carolina corporation headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina. “TSFG” refers to The South Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, except where the context requires otherwise. TSFG is a financial holding company, as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. TSFG operates principally through Carolina First Bank, a South Carolina-chartered commercial bank, and Mercantile Bank, a Florida-chartered commercial bank.

TSFG’s subsidiaries provide a full range of financial services, including banking, insurance, mortgage banking, retail investment services, treasury services, and trust and investment management services, designed to meet the financial needs of its customers. At December 31, 2006, TSFG conducted business through 77 branch offices in South Carolina, 66 in Florida, and 24 in North Carolina. At December 31, 2006, TSFG had $14.2 billion in assets, $9.7 billion in loans, $9.5 billion in deposits, $1.6 billion in shareholders’ equity, and $2.0 billion in market capitalization.

TSFG began its operations in 1986 under the name “Carolina First Corporation” with the de novo opening of its banking subsidiary, Carolina First Bank, in Greenville, South Carolina. Its opening was undertaken, in part, in response to opportunities resulting from the takeovers of several South Carolina-based banks by larger southeastern regional bank holding companies in the mid-1980s. In the late 1990’s, TSFG perceived a similar opportunity in Florida where banking relationships were in a state of flux due to the acquisition of several larger Florida banks. In 1999, TSFG entered the Florida market with the same strategy of capitalizing on the environment created by these acquisitions.

TSFG has pursued a strategy of growth through internal expansion and the acquisition of financial institutions and branch locations in selected market areas. TSFG seeks to expand selectively in fast-growing markets in the Southeast, concentrating its growth in metropolitan statistical areas (“MSAs”). TSFG has emphasized internal growth through the acquisition of market share from the large out-of-state bank holding companies and other competitors. It attempts to acquire market share by providing quality banking services and personal service to individuals and business customers. Approximately half of TSFG’s total asset growth has come from acquisitions.

Available Information

All of TSFG’s electronic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other documents filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are accessible at no cost on TSFG’s web site, www.thesouthgroup.com, through the Investor Relations link. In addition, through the Corporate Governance link, TSFG makes available its Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Conduct, Code of Ethics for Senior Executive and Financial Officers, Whistleblower Policy, and charters for Board Committees, including the Executive, Audit, Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance, and Capital and Risk Management Committees. TSFG’s SEC filings are also available through the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.

Subsidiary Banks

TSFG manages its banking subsidiaries by dividing its franchise into banking markets run by market presidents. This structure allows TSFG to operate like a community bank focusing on personal customer service. However, because of the size of the overall organization, TSFG’s subsidiary banks can also offer a full range of sophisticated products and services more typical of larger regional banks.

1

Carolina First Bank. Carolina First Bank, headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina, engages in general banking business serving South Carolina and coastal and western North Carolina. Carolina First Bank operated through 101 branches with $8.7 billion in assets, $5.9 billion in loans, and $5.8 billion in deposits at December 31, 2006.

Carolina First Bank currently focuses its operations in the following six principal market areas:

• the Greenville and Anderson metropolitan area (located in the Upstate region of South Carolina);

• the Hendersonville and Asheville metropolitan area (located in the Western region of North Carolina);

• the Rock Hill, or greater South Charlotte, metropolitan area (located in the Piedmont region of South Carolina);

• the Columbia metropolitan area (located in the Midlands region of South Carolina);

• the Myrtle Beach, Georgetown, and Wilmington metropolitan areas (located in Coastal region of South Carolina and North Carolina); and

• the Charleston and Hilton Head metropolitan areas (located in the lower Coastal region of South Carolina).

Myrtle Beach and Hilton Head Island are coastal resort areas that serve a significant number of tourists primarily during the summer months. Because of the seasonal nature of these market areas, most of the businesses, including financial institutions, are subject to moderate swings in activity between the winter and summer months. Otherwise, Carolina First Bank’s business is not subject to significant seasonal factors.

Carolina First Bank targets small and middle market businesses and consumers in its market areas. Carolina First Bank provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services, including deposit accounts, secured and unsecured loans through direct and indirect channels, residential mortgage originations, treasury services, and wealth management, which includes certain insurance and brokerage services. In 1999, Carolina First Bank began offering Internet banking services, including bill payment, through Carolina First Bank’s web site and Bank CaroLine, an Internet-only banking product. Carolina First Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

Mercantile Bank. Mercantile Bank, headquartered in Orlando, Florida, engages in general banking business through 66 branches with $5.6 billion in assets, $3.9 billion in loans, and $3.7 billion in deposits at December 31, 2006. It currently operates in five principal Florida market areas:

• the Orlando metropolitan area (located in the Central Florida region);

• the Tampa Bay metropolitan area (located in the Tampa Bay region);

• the Gainesville metropolitan area (located in the North Central region);

• the Jacksonville metropolitan area (located in the North East Florida region); and

• the Palm Beach County, Miami-Dade County, and Broward County area (located in the South Florida region).

TSFG entered Florida in 1999 with two acquisitions in central Florida and a de novo branch in Jacksonville. Until 2002, it operated as Citrus Bank, the name of the larger acquired company. In 2002, TSFG expanded into the Tampa Bay market with the acquisitions of Gulf West Banks, Inc. (“Gulf West”), the bank holding company for Mercantile Bank, and Central Bank of Tampa. Following the Gulf West acquisition, TSFG changed the name of its Florida banking operation to Mercantile Bank.

Mercantile Bank targets small and middle market businesses and consumers in its market areas. Mercantile Bank provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services, including deposit accounts, secured and unsecured loans through direct and indirect channels, residential mortgage originations, treasury services, and wealth management, which includes certain insurance and brokerage

2

services. In 2000, Mercantile Bank began offering Internet banking services, including bill payment, through Mercantile Bank’s web site. Mercantile Bank’s deposits are FDIC insured.

Non-Bank Subsidiaries

TSFG has a number of non-bank subsidiaries. The following describes certain of the more significant subsidiaries.

American Pensions, Inc. In 2003, TSFG acquired American Pensions, Inc. (“API”), which is a retirement plan administrator headquartered in Mount Pleasant, South Carolina. At December 31, 2006, API had 225 corporate accounts and managed approximately $487 million in plan assets.

Bowditch Insurance Corporation. In 2005, TSFG acquired Bowditch Insurance Corporation and Lossing Insurance Agency, both property and casualty insurance companies operating in northern Florida.

Carolina First Community Development Corporation. In 2003, Carolina First Bank formed a subsidiary, Carolina First Community Development Corporation (“CFCDC”), to underwrite low-income community business loans. CFCDC has been certified by the Department of the Treasury as a qualified Community Development Entity and meets the eligibility requirements for participation in the New Markets Tax Credit Program.

Koss Olinger. In 2005, TSFG acquired the Koss Olinger group of companies, a wealth management group based in Gainesville, Florida.

REIT Subsidiaries. In 1999, 2001 and 2003, TSFG formed three real estate investment trust subsidiaries (“REITs”), which have issued preferred and debt securities to institutional investors as a means of raising regulatory capital. They do not engage in other activities apart from the internal management of their assets and liabilities.

South Group Insurance Services, Inc. In 2005, TSFG combined Gardner Associates, Inc., which operates an insurance agency business primarily in the Midlands area of South Carolina, with several of its smaller insurance subsidiaries to create South Group Insurance Services, Inc.

Summit Title, LLC. In April 2004, TSFG acquired the stock of Summit Title, LLC (“Summit”), a North Carolina limited liability company. Summit is a title insurance agency based in Hendersonville, North Carolina.

Business Segments

Item 8, Note 30 to the Consolidated Financial Statements discusses TSFG’s business segments, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Competition

Each of TSFG’s markets is highly competitive with the largest banks in their respective states represented. The competition among the various financial institutions is based upon a variety of factors including interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, credit and service charges, the quality of services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities and, in the case of loans to large commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. In addition to banks and savings associations, TSFG competes with other financial institutions, such as securities firms, insurance companies, credit unions, leasing companies, and finance companies.

3

The banking industry continues to consolidate, which presents opportunities for TSFG to gain new business. However, consolidation may further intensify competition if additional financial services companies enter TSFG’s market areas through the acquisition of local financial institutions.

Size gives larger banks certain advantages in competing for business from large commercial customers. These advantages include higher lending limits and the ability to offer services in other areas of South Carolina, North Carolina, Florida, and the Southeastern United States region. As a result, TSFG concentrates its efforts on small- to medium-sized businesses and individuals. TSFG believes it competes effectively in this market segment by offering quality, personalized service.

Employees

At December 31, 2006, TSFG and its subsidiaries employed 2,618 full-time equivalent employees. TSFG provides a variety of benefit programs including retirement and stock ownership plans as well as health, life, disability, and other insurance. TSFG also maintains training, educational, and affirmative action programs designed to prepare employees for positions of increasing responsibility. TSFG believes that its relations with employees are good.

Monetary Policy

The policies of regulatory authorities, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) affect TSFG’s earnings. An important function of the Federal Reserve is regulation of the money supply. Various methods employed by the Federal Reserve include open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the target Federal funds rate on bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. The Federal Reserve uses these methods in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments, and deposits. The use of these methods may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. Due to the changing conditions in the national economy and money markets, as well as the effect of actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, TSFG can make no prediction as to the future impact that changes in interest rates, securities, deposit levels, or loan demand may have on its business and earnings. TSFG strives to manage the effects of interest rates through its asset/liability management processes.

Impact of Inflation

Unlike most industrial companies, the assets and liabilities of financial institutions such as TSFG’s subsidiaries are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on the performance of a financial institution than the effects of general levels of inflation. TSFG strives to manage the effects of inflation through its asset/liability management processes.

Supervision and Regulation

General

TSFG and its subsidiaries are extensively regulated under federal and state law. To the extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Any change in applicable laws may have a material effect on TSFG’s business and prospects. TSFG’s operations may be affected by possible legislative and regulatory changes and by the monetary policies of the United States.

4

The South Financial Group. TSFG, a financial holding company and bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), is subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve. Under the BHCA, TSFG’s activities and those of its subsidiaries are limited to banking, managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries or engaging in any other activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The BHCA prohibits TSFG from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of any class of outstanding voting stock, or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or merging or consolidating with another bank holding company without prior approval of the Federal Reserve. The BHCA prohibits TSFG from acquiring ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any company engaged in a nonbanking business unless such business is determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be properly incident thereto, except to the extent permitted by “financial holding companies,” as discussed below.

Beginning June 1, 1997, a bank headquartered in one state was authorized to merge with a bank headquartered in another state, as long as neither of the states had opted out of such interstate merger authority prior to such date. After a bank has established branches in a state through an interstate merger transaction, the bank may establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state where a bank headquartered in that state could have established or acquired branches under applicable federal or state law.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”), authorizes the merger or consolidation of any Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) member with any Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) member, the assumption of any liability by any BIF member to pay any deposits of any SAIF member or vice versa, or the transfer of any assets of any BIF member to any SAIF member in consideration for the assumption of liabilities of such BIF member or vice versa, provided that certain conditions are met. In the case of any acquiring, assuming or resulting depository institution which is a BIF member, such institution will continue to make payment of SAIF assessments on the portion of liabilities attributable to any acquired, assumed or merged SAIF-insured institution (or, in the case of any acquiring, assuming or resulting depository institution which is a SAIF member, that such institution will continue to make payment of BIF assessments on the portion of liabilities attributable to any acquired, assumed or merged BIF-insured institution).

In addition, the “cross-guarantee” provisions of the FDIA require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered by either the SAIF or the BIF as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the SAIF or the BIF, or both. The FDIC’s claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

Law and regulatory policy impose a number of obligations and restrictions on bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries that are designed to minimize potential loss exposure to the depositors of such depository institutions and to the FDIC insurance funds. Current federal law requires a bank holding company to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan. The Federal Reserve requires a bank holding company to serve as a source of financial strength to

5

its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. The Federal Reserve also has the authority under the BHCA to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company. Further, federal law grants federal bank regulatory authorities additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB”) covers a broad range of issues, including a repeal of most of the restrictions on affiliations among depository institutions, securities firms and insurance companies. GLB also permits bank holding companies to elect to become financial holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in or acquire companies that engage in a broad range of financial services, including securities activities such as underwriting, dealing, investment and merchant banking, insurance underwriting and sales, and brokerage activities. In order to become a financial holding company, the bank holding company and all of its affiliated depository institutions must be well-capitalized, well-managed, and have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating. TSFG became a financial holding company in 2001.

GLB adopts a system of functional regulation under which the Federal Reserve Board is confirmed as the umbrella regulator for bank holding companies, but bank holding company affiliates are to be principally regulated by functional regulators such as the FDIC for state nonmember bank affiliates, the Securities and Exchange Commission for securities affiliates and state insurance regulators for insurance affiliates. GLB repeals the broad exemption of banks from the definitions of “broker” and “dealer” for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but identifies a set of specific activities, including traditional bank trust and fiduciary activities, in which a bank may engage without being deemed a “broker”, and a set of activities in which a bank may engage without being deemed a “dealer”.

GLB contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions, which require the institution to provide notice of the privacy policies and provide the opportunity to opt-out of many disclosures of personal information. Additionally, GLB limits the disclosure of customer account numbers or other similar account identifiers for marketing purposes.

TSFG, through its banking subsidiaries, is also subject to regulation by the South Carolina and Florida state banking authorities. TSFG must receive the approval of these state authorities prior to engaging in the acquisitions of banking or nonbanking institutions or assets. It also must file periodic reports with these authorities showing its financial condition and operations, management, and intercompany relationships between TSFG and its subsidiaries.

Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank. Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank are FDIC-insured, state-chartered banking corporations and are subject to various statutory requirements and rules and regulations promulgated and enforced primarily by the FDIC, South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions in the case of Carolina First Bank, and State of Florida Department of Banking and Finance in the case of Mercantile Bank. These statutes, rules, and regulations relate to insurance of deposits, required reserves, allowable investments, loans, mergers, consolidations, issuance of securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches and other aspects of the business of Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank. The FDIC has broad authority to prohibit Carolina First Bank or Mercantile Bank from engaging in what it determines to be unsafe or unsound banking practices. In addition, federal law imposes a number of restrictions on state-chartered, FDIC-insured banks, and their subsidiaries. These restrictions range from prohibitions against engaging as a principal in certain activities to the requirement of prior notification of branch closings. Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank are not members of the Federal Reserve System.

6

Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank are subject to the requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). The CRA requires that financial institutions have an affirmative and ongoing obligation to meet the credit needs of their local communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those institutions. Each financial institution’s efforts in meeting community credit needs are evaluated as part of the examination process pursuant to three assessment factors. These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility.

Other Regulations. Interest and certain other charges collected or contracted for by TSFG subsidiaries are subject to state usury laws and certain federal laws concerning interest rates. TSFG’s loan operations are also subject to certain federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the federal Truth-In-Lending Act governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers. The deposit operations of Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank are also subject to the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records, and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic services.

Dividends

The holders of TSFG’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. As a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, TSFG depends on the payment of dividends from its subsidiaries for its revenues. Current federal law prohibits, except under certain circumstances and with prior regulatory approval, an insured depository institution from paying dividends or making any other capital distribution if, after making the payment or distribution, the institution would be considered “undercapitalized,” as that term is defined in applicable regulations. South Carolina and Florida banking regulations restrict the amount of dividends that the subsidiary banks can pay to TSFG, and may require prior approval before declaration and payment of any excess dividend.

Capital Adequacy

TSFG. The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies. Under these guidelines, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital is required to be “tier 1 capital,” principally consisting of common shareholders’ equity, non-cumulative preferred stock, a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and mandatory redeemable preferred stock, less certain goodwill items. The remainder (tier 2 capital) may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt securities, perpetual preferred stock, and a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses. In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve has adopted a minimum tier 1 (leverage) capital ratio under which a bank holding company must maintain a minimum level of tier 1 capital (as determined under applicable rules) to average total consolidated assets of at least 3% in the case of bank holding companies which have the highest regulatory examination ratios and are not contemplating significant growth or expansion. All other bank holding companies, including TSFG, are required to maintain a ratio of at least 4%. At December 31, 2006, TSFG’s capital levels exceeded both the risk-based capital guidelines and the applicable minimum leverage capital ratio.

Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank. Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank are subject to capital requirements imposed by the FDIC. The FDIC requires state-chartered nonmember banks to comply with risk-based capital standards substantially similar to those required by the Federal Reserve,

7

as described above. The FDIC also requires state-chartered nonmember banks to maintain a minimum leverage ratio similar to that adopted by the Federal Reserve. Under the FDIC’s leverage capital requirement, state nonmember banks that (i) receive the highest rating during the examination process and (ii) are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3% of tier 1 capital to average assets; all other banks, including Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank, are required to maintain an absolute minimum leverage ratio of not less than 4%. As of December 31, 2006, Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank exceeded each of the applicable regulatory capital requirements.

Deposit Insurance Assessments

Substantially all of the deposits of Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank were not required to pay any deposit insurance premiums in 2006; however, it is possible that the FDIC could impose assessment rates in the future in connection with declines in the insurance funds or increases in the amount of insurance coverage. An increase in the assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s earnings, depending on the amount of the increase. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which became law in 2006, Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank received a one-time assessment credit of $4.8 million that can be applied against future premiums, subject to certain limitations. During 2006, Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank paid $1.2 million in Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments related to outstanding FICO bonds to the FDIC as collection agent. The FICO is a mixed-ownership government corporation established by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 whose sole purpose was to function as a financing vehicle for the now defunct Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation.

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations

Prompt Corrective Action. Current law provides the federal banking agencies with broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The extent of these powers depends upon the capitalization of the institutions. Under uniform regulations defining such capital levels issued by each of the federal banking agencies, a bank is considered “well capitalized” if it has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, (iii) a leverage ratio of 5% or greater, and (iv) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank is defined as one that has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (ii) a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater, and (iii) a leverage ratio of 4% or greater. A bank is considered (A) “undercapitalized” if it has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, (ii) a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4% or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 4%; (B) “significantly undercapitalized” if the bank has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, (ii) a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and (C) “critically undercapitalized” if the bank has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than 2%. As of December 31, 2006, Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank each met the definition of well capitalized.

Brokered Deposits. Current federal law also regulates the acceptance of brokered deposits by insured depository institutions to permit only a “well capitalized” depository institution to accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Under FDIC regulations, “well capitalized” insured depository institutions may accept brokered deposits without restriction, “adequately capitalized” insured depository institutions may accept brokered deposits with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to certain restrictions on payments of interest rates) while “undercapitalized” insured depository institutions may not accept brokered deposits.

8

Transactions Between TSFG, its Subsidiaries, and Affiliates

TSFG’s subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or any related interest of such persons. Extensions of credit (i) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons; and (ii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Aggregate limitations on extensions of credit also may apply. TSFG’s subsidiaries are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to such persons.

Subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to the bank holding company or its nonbank subsidiaries, on investments in their securities and on the use of their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Such restrictions may limit TSFG’s ability to obtain funds from its bank subsidiaries for its cash needs, including funds for acquisitions, interest, and operating expenses. Certain of these restrictions are not applicable to transactions between a bank and a savings association owned by the same bank holding company, provided that every bank and savings association controlled by such bank holding company complies with all applicable capital requirements without relying on goodwill.

In addition, under the BHCA and certain regulations of the Federal Reserve, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property, or furnishing of services.

Anti-Money Laundering Legislation

TSFG’s banking subsidiaries are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act of 2001. Among other things, these laws and regulations require financial institutions such as TSFG to take steps to prevent the use of its banking subsidiaries for facilitating the flow of illegal or illicit money, to report large currency transactions and to file suspicious activity reports. TSFG is also required to develop and implement a comprehensive anti-money laundering compliance program. TSFG must also have in place appropriate “know your customer” policies and procedures. Violations of these requirements can result in substantial civil and criminal sanctions. In addition, provisions of the USA Patriot Act require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions.

Sarbanes-Oxley

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, internal controls, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. In accordance with Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, written certifications by TSFG’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are obtained. These certifications attest that TSFG’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit material facts necessary to make such reports not misleading. TSFG has also implemented a program designed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which includes the identification of key controls over significant processes and accounts, evaluation of the control design effectiveness, and testing of the operating effectiveness of key controls. See Item 9A “Controls and Procedures” for TSFG’s evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures.

Future Legislation

Changes to the laws and regulations (including changes in interpretation or enforcement) in the states where we do business can affect the operating environment of bank holding companies and their

9

subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory proposals are introduced. These proposals, if codified, may change banking statutes and regulations and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If codified, these proposals could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. We cannot accurately predict whether those changes in laws and regulations will occur, and, if those changes occur, the ultimate effect they would have upon our financial condition or results of operations. It is likely, however, that the current high level of enforcement and compliance-related activities of federal and state authorities will continue and potentially increase.

Additional Information

See Item 7, “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements,” and “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” for discussion of certain accounting matters, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following is a discussion of certain factors that currently affect or may affect our business, operating results or the market price of our common stock.

We have a concentration of loans secured by real estate and a downturn in the real estate market could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. TSFG makes commercial, real estate and consumer loans predominately in South Carolina, western North Carolina and larger markets in Florida. A large portion of our loans have real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral, which provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower, may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. An adverse change in the economy affecting values of real estate generally or in our primary markets specifically could significantly impair the value of our collateral. If we are required to liquidate the collateral during a period of reduced real estate values, our profitability and financial condition could be adversely affected. TSFG commercial real estate loans comprised 42.2% of total loans at December 31, 2006, compared to 41.7% and 40.0% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Also, a decline in home values could lead to higher charge-offs in event of default in both the consumer home equity loan and residential real estate loan portfolios. (See Tables 2, 3, and 4 under “Balance Sheet Review” for additional information on loan portfolio concentrations.)

Inability to achieve deposit growth targets could adversely impact profitability and liquidity. Because of a traditional focus on commercial lending, core deposit funding has been low relative to peers, causing TSFG to utilize wholesale funding to a greater degree than some other peers. Core deposits typically provide cost advantages versus wholesale funding – generally to a greater degree in a higher interest rate environment. Accordingly, any future inability to achieve targeted deposit growth and diversify funding sources could adversely impact earnings and, in the event of limited access to attractive wholesale funding markets, could hamper our ability to support attractive lending opportunities.

TSFG’s earnings are exposed to risks associated with movements in market interest rates. Market interest rate movements could benefit or adversely impact earnings, depending on TSFG’s interest rate risk mismatches at that time. In particular, rising interest rates would adversely impact earnings in the event that our liabilities reprice faster than assets, whereas falling interest rates would adversely impact earnings in the event our assets reprice faster than liabilities. If TSFG has a “mismatch” between the duration of its assets and the duration of its liabilities, and interest rates move as described in the previous sentence, its net interest income would be negatively affected.

10

TSFG has credit and market risk resulting from the use of derivatives. We use derivatives to manage our interest rate and foreign exchange risk and to assist our customers with their risk management objectives. Derivatives used for interest rate risk management include various interest rate swaps, options, floors, and futures contracts. Options and futures contracts typically have indices that relate to the pricing of specific on-balance sheet instruments and forecasted transactions and may be more speculative in nature. By using derivative instruments, TSFG is exposed to credit and market risk. Derivative credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty to a derivative instrument will fail to perform, is equal to the extent of the fair value gain in a derivative. Derivative credit risk is created when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, since this generally indicates that the counterparty owes us. Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument from a change in interest rates or implied volatility of rates.

The International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards (Basel II) is currently applicable to only a few U.S. banks. Not being subject to Basel II may put us at a competitive disadvantage to those U.S. banks that are subject to these Standards, insofar as they may be able to operate with lower regulatory capital levels or increase the levels of risk they take. Also, should regulators impose these standards on currently non-Basel II banks, implementation could be costly and time-consuming.

Hurricanes and other natural disasters may adversely affect loan portfolios and operations and increase the cost of doing business. We operate and make loans in hurricane-prone areas. Hurricanes destroy collateral and the service businesses that support the area, and may affect the demand for houses and services in hurricane prone areas. Our results could be adversely affected if we suffered higher than expected losses on our loans due to weather events.

Our loans are predominately focused in three states and adverse economic conditions in those states, in particular, could negatively impact results from operations and financial condition. Because of the concentration of loans in the same geographical region, adverse economic conditions could make it more difficult to attract deposits and could cause higher rates of loss and delinquency on our loans than if the loans were more geographically diversified. Our decisions regarding credit risk could be inaccurate and our allowance for loan losses may be inadequate, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition. Also, a key marketing strategy targets the needs of owner-operated businesses with credit needs of under $5 million. These owner-operated businesses represent a major sector of regional economies. If these regional economic conditions deteriorate, our results of operations and financial condition will be affected.

TSFG has experienced significant growth through acquisitions and anticipates engaging in selected acquisitions in the future. There are risks associated with acquisitions. These risks include incorrectly assessing the asset quality of a particular institution being acquired, encountering greater than anticipated costs of incorporating acquired businesses into TSFG, and loss of key personnel and customers. Furthermore, we can give no assurance about the extent that TSFG can continue to grow through acquisitions. In the future, TSFG may issue capital stock in connection with additional acquisitions. These acquisitions and related issuances of stock may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and ownership. TSFG does not currently have any definitive understandings or agreements for any acquisitions material to TSFG.

Competition in our credit product offerings may reduce or limit our margins on banking services, or reduce our market share. A number of other banks and financial institutions have substantially greater resources and lending limits, larger branch systems and a wider array of banking services. Our ability to attract customers is dependent upon a combination of price, quality, product mix, location and promotional strategies. In each of these areas, traditional and non-traditional competitors may attract our customers to their products by matching or exceeding what we offer. Other competitor-financial

11

institutions include brokerage firms, merchant banks, insurance companies, credit card companies, mortgage banking companies, trust companies, automobile financing companies and leasing companies.

TSFG’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, resulting in an adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition. TSFG can incur losses due to acts intended to defraud, misappropriate assets, or circumvent applicable law or the Company’s system of internal controls. Management regularly reviews and updates its internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures. However, any system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met.

An interruption or breach in security with respect to TSFG’s information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems.

TSFG continually encounters technological change, and we may not be able to keep pace with that which affects the financial services industry. This, together with losses due to inefficient execution, delivery or process management, could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Our largest competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

TSFG’s principal executive offices are located at 102 South Main Street, Greenville, South Carolina. TSFG leases approximately 111,000 square feet of this location, which also houses Carolina First Bank’s Greenville main office branch. The majority of TSFG’s administrative functions presently reside at this location. TSFG owns a 130,000 square foot building in Lexington, South Carolina which houses the technology and operations departments (formerly known as CF Technology Services Company). TSFG leases the land for the technology building under a 30 year lease. In addition, TSFG leases non-banking office space in 24 locations in South Carolina, North Carolina, and Florida.

At December 31, 2006, TSFG operated 167 branch offices, including 77 in South Carolina, 66 in Florida, and 24 in North Carolina. Of these locations, TSFG or one of its subsidiaries owns 93 locations, which includes 13 locations with land leases, and leases 74 locations. In addition, TSFG or one of its subsidiaries owns 6 stand-alone ATM locations, including five locations with land leases, and leases 12 locations.

See Item 7, “Expanded Corporate Facilities” included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a discussion of TSFG’s plan to develop a corporate campus which information is incorporated herein by reference.

12

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

See Item 8, “Legal Proceedings” included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of legal proceedings, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Shareholders

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders by solicitation of proxies or otherwise during the fourth quarter of 2006.

13

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Common Stock and Related Matters

TSFG’s common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol TSFG. At February 21, 2007, TSFG had 8,544 shareholders of record and 74,522,709 shares outstanding. See Item 7, “Capital Resources and Dividends” and Item 8, Notes 21 and 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of capital stock and dividends, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

	Three Months Ended
	December 31		September 30		June 30		March 31
2006
Common stock price:
High	$	27.03	$	27.49	$	28.41	$	27.99
Low		25.45		25.30		24.96		24.60
Close		26.59		26.03		26.41		26.15
Cash dividend declared		0.18		0.17		0.17		0.17
Volume traded		13,172,752		11,278,889		21,702,895		23,508,239
	Three Months Ended
	December 31		September 30		June 30		March 31
2005
Common stock price:
High	$	30.28	$	30.25	$	30.92	$	32.98
Low		25.40		26.52		25.93		29.64
Close		27.54		26.84		28.42		30.54
Cash dividend declared		0.17		0.16		0.16		0.16
Volume traded		14,860,208		18,177,782		18,953,656		16,230,430

Unregistered Sales of Securities

On November 18, 2006, TSFG issued 1,616 shares of common stock to one individual relating to the earn-out provisions of the prior acquisition of Allied Assurance of South Carolina, Inc., an insurance agency based in Columbia, South Carolina. The issuance of securities to this individual was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Equity Compensation Plan Data

See Equity Compensation Plan Data in the Registrants’ Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

14

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased		Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under Plans or Programs (2)
October 1, 2006 to October 31, 2006	2,366	(1)	$	26.05	—	1,289,502
November 1, 2006 to November 30, 2006	—			—	—	1,289,502
December 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006	—			—	—	4,000,000
Total	2,366		$	26.05	—	4,000,000

⁽¹⁾ These shares were canceled in connection with option exercises. Pursuant to TSFG’s stock option plans, participants may exercise stock options by surrendering shares of TSFG common stock owned by the participants as payment of the option exercise price. Shares surrendered by participants are repurchased pursuant to the terms of the applicable stock option plan and not pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase programs.

⁽²⁾ In December of 2006, TSFG announced a stock repurchase program authorizing TSFG to repurchase up to 4 million shares of its common stock. This authorization replaced TSFG’s existing stock repurchase authorizations. This stock repurchase program has no expiration date and will expire upon completion of repurchases totaling the amount authorized to repurchase. On January 29, 2007, TSFG entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement pursuant to which it repurchased 1 million shares of TSFG common stock. As of the filing of this Form 10-K, there were 3 million shares remaining under the authorization.

15

Total Shareholder Return

The following graph sets forth the performance of TSFG’s common stock for the five year period ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the S&P 500 Index, the SNL Mid Cap Bank Index, and the SNL Southeast Bank Index. The graph assumes $100 originally invested on December 31, 2001 and that all subsequent dividends were reinvested in additional shares. Historically, TSFG has utilized the SNL Southeast Bank Index as its line-of-business index; however, going forward, it intends to utilize the SNL Mid Cap Bank Index as its line-of-business index. Both indexes are weighted based on the respective market capitalizations of the component companies. However, because two of the five largest banks in the United States are included in the SNL Southeast Bank Index, more than 50% of the index is comprised of those two companies. TSFG believes that the SNL Mid Cap Bank Index is more appropriate because it is not dominated by a small number of companies, and the component companies have more similar market capitalizations and greater comparability to TSFG.

	12/31/01		12/31/02		12/31/03		12/31/04		12/31/05		12/31/06
The South Financial Group	$	100	$	119	$	164	$	196	$	170	$	168
SNL Mid Cap Bank Index		100		103		138		168		156		167
SNL Southeast Bank Index		100		110		139		165		168		197
S&P 500		100		78		100		111		117		135

16

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

See Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes for factors including but not limited to business combinations and accounting changes that affect the comparability of the information presented.

SIX-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars and shares (except per share data) in thousands)

	Years Ended December 31,																		Five-Year Compound Growth Rate
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002			2001
Income Statement Data
Net interest income	$	401,371		$	409,056		$	335,841		$	250,890		$	210,143		$	173,023		18.3	%
Noninterest income		132,051			55,210			124,877			100,739			74,563			55,686		18.8
Total revenue		533,422			464,266			460,718			351,629			284,706			228,709		18.5
Provision for credit losses		32,789			40,592			34,987			20,581			22,266			22,045		8.3
Noninterest expenses		340,085			328,053			250,244			207,170			162,840			140,820		19.3
Income from continuing operations		112,866			70,217			119,998			83,583			65,239			41,819		22.0
Net income		112,866			69,821			119,508			83,583			63,833			42,101		21.8
Per Common Share Data
Basic:
Income from continuing operations	$	1.51		$	0.96		$	1.86		$	1.70		$	1.56		$	0.99		8.8	%
Net income		1.51			0.95			1.85			1.70			1.53			1.00		8.6	%
Diluted:
Income from continuing operations		1.49			0.94			1.81			1.66			1.53			0.98		8.7
Net income		1.49			0.94			1.80			1.66			1.49			0.98		8.7
Average common shares outstanding:
Basic		74,940			73,307			64,592			49,204			41,715			42,098		12.2
Diluted		75,543			74,595			66,235			50,328			42,715			42,824		12.0
Book value (December 31)	$	20.73		$	19.90		$	19.56		$	16.46		$	13.76		$	11.12		13.3
Market price (December 31)		26.59			27.54			32.53			27.75			20.66			17.75		8.4
Cash dividends declared		0.69			0.65			0.61			0.57			0.50			0.45		8.9
Balance Sheet Data (Year End)
Total assets	$	14,210,516		$	14,319,285		$	13,798,689		$	10,724,715		$	7,939,960		$	6,029,557		18.7	%
Securities		2,795,764			3,159,617			4,310,088			4,007,571			2,572,186			1,643,395		11.2
Loans held for investment		9,701,867			9,439,395			8,107,757			5,732,205			4,434,011			3,730,250		21.1
Allowance for loan losses		111,663			107,767			96,434			72,811			69,625			44,090		20.4
Intangible assets		685,568			691,758			611,450			353,079			242,182			97,140		47.8
Deposits		9,516,740			9,234,437			7,670,944			6,032,238			4,585,927			3,604,664		21.4
Long-term debt		1,130,475			1,922,151			2,972,270			2,711,699			1,221,511			411,294		22.4
Shareholders’ equity		1,562,032			1,486,907			1,393,460			972,299			651,683			458,383		27.8
Balance Sheet Data (Averages)
Total assets	$	14,202,649		$	14,752,973		$	12,208,069		$	9,261,657		$	6,496,692		$	5,459,475		21.1	%
Securities (excludes unrealized gains, losses on available for sale securities)		3,043,385			4,388,351			4,158,202			3,471,324			1,850,798			1,125,602		22.0
Loans		9,621,846			8,883,837			6,927,336			4,915,437			4,008,094			3,769,358		20.6
Total earning assets		12,692,872			13,307,956			11,101,951			8,425,590			5,924,077			4,928,970		20.8
Deposits		9,129,011			8,631,714			6,899,366			5,144,412			3,852,776			3,687,822		19.9
Shareholders’ equity		1,506,195			1,463,125			1,164,004			709,791			499,579			484,022		25.5
Performance Ratios
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)		3.22	%		3.12	%		3.06	%		3.01	%		3.59	%		3.55	%
Return on average assets		0.79			0.47			0.98			0.90			0.98			0.77
Return on average equity		7.49			4.77			10.27			11.78			12.78			8.70
Tangible equity to tangible assets		6.48			5.83			5.93			5.97			5.32			6.09
Dividend payout ratio		46.31			69.15			33.89			34.34			33.56			45.92
Asset Quality
Nonperforming assets	$	41,509		$	43,977		$	55,976		$	60,774		$	74,186		$	43,857		(1.1	)%
Nonperforming assets as a % of loans held for investment and foreclosed property		0.43	%		0.47	%		0.69	%		1.06	%		1.67	%		1.17	%
Net charge-offs to average loans held for investment		0.28			0.36			0.46			0.62			0.49			0.54
Allowance for loan losses as a % of loans held for investment		1.15			1.14			1.19			1.27			1.57			1.18
Allowance for credit losses as a % of loans held for investment		1.16			1.16			1.20			1.28			1.58			1.20
Operations Data
Branch offices		167			172			154			134			117			90		13.2	%
Employees (full-time equivalent)		2,618			2,607			2,308			1,918			1,700			1,346		14.2

17

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis are presented to assist in understanding the financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of The South Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “TSFG”), except where the context requires otherwise. TSFG may also be referred to herein as “we”, “us”, or “our.” This discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes presented in Item 8 of this report and the supplemental financial data appearing throughout this report. Percentage calculations contained herein have been calculated based upon actual, not rounded, results.

TSFG primarily operates through two wholly-owned subsidiary banks, Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank, which are collectively referred to as the “Subsidiary Banks.”

Index to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

	Page
Forward-Looking Statements	18
Non-GAAP Financial Information	19
Overview	20
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates	21
Expanded Corporate Facilities	25
Acquisitions and Sales	26
Balance Sheet Review	27
Results of Operations	47
Enterprise Risk Management	55
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements	60
Liquidity	61
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements	62
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements	65

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains certain forward-looking statements (as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) to assist in the understanding of anticipated future operating and financial performance, growth opportunities, growth rates, and other similar forecasts and statements of expectations. These forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of such words as: “estimate”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “believe”, “intend”, “plan”, or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “may”, “intend”, “could”, “will”, or “should”. These forward-looking statements reflect current views, but are based on assumptions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, which may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. A variety of factors, some of which are discussed in more detail in Item 1A – Risk Factors, may affect the operations, performance, business strategy and results of TSFG including, but not limited to, the following:

• risks from changes in economic, monetary policy, and industry conditions;

• changes in interest rates, shape of the yield curve, deposit rates, the net interest margin, and funding sources;

• market risk (including net income at risk analysis and economic value of equity risk analysis) and inflation;

• risks inherent in making loans including repayment risks and changes in the value of collateral;

• loan growth, the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, provision for credit losses, and the assessment of problem loans (including loans acquired via acquisition);

18

• level, composition, and repricing characteristics of the securities portfolio;

• deposit growth, change in the mix or type of deposit products;

• availability of wholesale funding;

• fluctuations in consumer spending;

• competition in the banking industry and demand for our products and services;

• continued availability of senior management;

• technological changes;

• ability to increase market share;

• income and expense projections, and ability to control expenses;

• changes in the compensation, benefit, and incentive plans, including compensation accruals;

• risks associated with income taxes, including the potential for adverse adjustments;

• acquisitions, greater than expected deposit attrition or customer loss, inaccuracy of related cost savings estimates, inaccuracy of estimates of financial results, and unanticipated integration issues;

• significant delay or inability to execute strategic initiatives designed to grow revenues;

• changes in management’s assessment of and strategies for lines of business, asset, and deposit categories;

• changes in accounting policies and practices;

• changes in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our hedging strategies;

• changes in regulatory actions, including the potential for adverse adjustments;

• changes, costs, and effects of litigation, and environmental remediation; and

• recently-enacted or proposed legislation.

Such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made and shall be deemed to be updated by any future filings made by TSFG with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, certain statements in future filings by TSFG with the SEC, in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by or with the approval of TSFG, which are not statements of historical fact, constitute forward-looking statements.

Non-GAAP Financial Information

This report also contains financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). TSFG’s management uses these non-GAAP measures to analyze TSFG’s performance. In particular, TSFG presents certain designated net interest income amounts on a tax-equivalent basis (in accordance with common industry practice). Management believes that these presentations of tax-equivalent net interest income aids in the comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources over the periods presented. In addition, TSFG presents certain tax-equivalent net interest income and margin comparisons including the net cash settlements on certain interest rate swaps for 2005 to use data more comparable to current year presentations in order to better highlight trends. TSFG also presents loan and deposit growth, excluding loans/deposits acquired net of dispositions (referred to herein as “organic growth”). In discussing its deposits, TSFG presents “core deposits,” which are defined by TSFG as noninterest-bearing, interest-bearing checking, money market accounts, and savings accounts, and “customer deposits”, which are defined by TSFG as total deposits less brokered deposits. Wholesale borrowings include short-term and long-term borrowings and brokered deposits. The limitations associated with operating measures are the risk that persons might disagree as to the appropriateness of items comprising these measures and that different companies might calculate these measures differently. Management compensates for these limitations by providing detailed reconciliations between GAAP and operating measures. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP measures, and furthermore, TSFG’s non-GAAP measures may not necessarily be comparable to non-GAAP performance measures of other companies.

19

Overview

The South Financial Group is a financial holding company, headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina, with $14.2 billion in total assets and 167 branch offices in South Carolina, Florida, and North Carolina at December 31, 2006. Founded in 1986, TSFG focuses on fast-growing banking markets in the Southeast and concentrates its growth in metropolitan statistical areas. TSFG operates primarily through two subsidiary banks:

• Carolina First Bank, the largest South Carolina-headquartered commercial bank, operating in South Carolina and North Carolina, and on the Internet as Bank CaroLine; and

• Mercantile Bank, a Florida-headquartered bank, operating in Florida.

At December 31, 2006, approximately 47% of TSFG’s customer deposits (total deposits less brokered deposits) were in South Carolina, 39% were in Florida, and 14% were in North Carolina.

TSFG uses a super-community bank strategy and targets small and middle market businesses and retail customers. As a super-community bank, TSFG combines personalized customer service and local decision-making, typical of community banks, with a full range of financial services normally found at larger regional institutions.

During 2006, TSFG completed no material acquisitions, opened five de novo branches, relocated two branches, sold one branch, and consolidated nine branches. This reflects TSFG’s efforts to rationalize the branch network and concentrate on high-growth markets. In May 2005, TSFG acquired Pointe Financial Corporation (“Pointe”), which had approximately $432 million in assets. In addition, in 2005, TSFG acquired three Florida-based insurance/financial planning agencies, opened 10 de novo branches, and closed two branches.

TSFG reported net income of $112.9 million, or $1.49 per diluted share, for 2006, compared with $69.8 million or $0.94 per diluted share for 2005. During 2005, TSFG repositioned its balance sheet, realizing losses from the sale of investment securities and the early extinguishment of debt. Average diluted shares outstanding increased 1.3% from 2005 to 2006, principally as a result of the acquisition of Pointe.

During 2005, TSFG significantly reduced its level of investment securities and wholesale borrowings in response to the flattening yield curve and lower profitability of investment securities. TSFG took these actions in an effort to reduce interest rate and capital risk.

TSFG continues to focus on improving its balance sheet mix by increasing the relative level and mix of customer assets and liabilities. On the asset side, average loans as a percentage of average earning assets increased to 75.8% for 2006 from 66.8% for 2005. On the funding side, average customer deposits (which exclude brokered deposits) as a percentage of average total funding increased to 62.0% for 2006, up from 55.4% for 2005.

Using period-end balances, TSFG’s loans held for investment at December 31, 2006 increased 2.8% from a year ago. During 2006, TSFG sold $359.6 million of indirect auto loans and $2.6 million of loans in connection with the sale of a branch location. Excluding these amounts, growth in loans held for investment totaled 6.6% from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006. Total deposits grew 3.1%, and customer deposits (total deposits less brokered deposits) remained essentially unchanged from December 31, 2005.

Tax-equivalent net interest income was $408.3 million for 2006, a $6.8 million decrease from $415.1 million in 2005, principally from a 4.6% decline in average earning assets related to TSFG’s continued reduction of investment securities. TSFG’s average securities declined 30.6%, which more than offset an 8.3% increase in average loans. The net interest margin increased to 3.22% for 2006 from 3.12% for 2005.

20

During 2006, TSFG’s net interest margin declined to 3.12% for fourth quarter 2006 from 3.19% for third quarter 2006, 3.27% for second quarter 2006, and 3.29% for first quarter 2006. This margin compression reflects continuing customer preference for higher-cost deposit categories, higher wholesale borrowing costs, and actions by management to reduce interest rate risk and optionality on the balance sheet.

Noninterest income increased to $132.1 million for 2006 from $55.2 million for 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to a net gain on sale of securities (including equity investments) of $4.0 million in 2006, compared to a net loss on sale of securities of $52.1 million in 2005. Noninterest income in 2005 also included a $13.3 million loss from the change in fair value of interest rate swaps. In 2006, customer fee income increased $4.5 million, merchant increased $2.7 million, and wealth management increased $6.9 million (partially from the 2005 acquisition of three insurance/financial planning agencies). TSFG’s investments in the leadership, products and sales of fee-based lines of business contributed to these increases.

Noninterest expenses for 2006 totaled $340.1 million, an increase of $12.0 million, or 3.7%, over 2005. Noninterest expenses for 2006 included $5.6 million in employment contract buyouts, a $4.7 million decrease from the $10.3 million recorded in 2005. Noninterest expenses in 2005 also included $7.1 million for a loss on early extinguishment of debt (versus $821,000 for 2006) associated with the repositioning of the balance sheet and $4.0 million for merger-related costs. Salaries and wages and employee benefits (including employment contract buyouts), which account for 51.8% of the total noninterest expenses for 2006, increased 8.0% to $176.1 million in 2006. The increase in noninterest expenses included the Pointe and various insurance/financial planning agency acquisitions, higher incentive accruals, commissions relating to fee-based businesses, higher salaries attributable to TSFG’s expansion of its management team, additional stock-based compensation expense from the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R (“SFAS 123R”), “Share-Based Payment,” and higher merchant processing expense.

Nonperforming asset and charge-off ratios continued to improve in 2006. At December 31, 2006, nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans held for investment and foreclosed property declined to 0.43% from 0.47% at December 31, 2005. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans held for investment totaled 0.28% for 2006, down from 0.36% for 2005. TSFG’s provision for credit losses decreased to $32.8 million for 2006 from $40.6 million for 2005, primarily as a result of lower net loan charge-offs, improved credit quality measures, and slower loan growth.

TSFG’s tangible equity to tangible asset ratio increased to 6.48% at December 31, 2006 from 5.83% at December 31, 2005, primarily due to retention of earnings, the sale of indirect auto loans, and the continued run-off of securities (which has contributed to lower tangible assets).

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

TSFG’s accounting policies are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and with general practice within the banking industry. TSFG makes a number of judgmental estimates and assumptions relating to reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during periods presented. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, the effectiveness of derivatives and other hedging activities, the fair value of certain financial instruments (securities, derivatives, and privately held investments), income tax assets or liabilities, share-based compensation, and accounting for acquisitions, including the fair value determinations, the analysis of goodwill impairment and the analysis of valuation allowances in the initial accounting of loans acquired. To a lesser extent, significant estimates are also

21

associated with the determination of contingent liabilities, discretionary compensation, and other employee benefit agreements. Different assumptions in the application of these policies could result in material changes in TSFG’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, the Consolidated Financial Statements could reflect the use of different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain determinations inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments, and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. TSFG has procedures and processes in place to facilitate making these judgments.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The allowance for loan losses (“Allowance”) represents management’s estimate of probable incurred losses in the lending portfolio. See “Balance Sheet Review – Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional discussion, including the methodology for analyzing the adequacy of the Allowance. This methodology relies upon management’s judgment in segregating the portfolio into risk-similar segments, computing specific allocations for impaired loans, and setting the amounts within the probable loss range (from 95% to 105% of the adjusted historical loss ratio). Management’s judgments evolve from an assessment of various issues, including but not limited to the pace of loan growth, collateral values, borrower’s ability and willingness to repay, emerging portfolio concentrations, risk management system, entry into new markets, new product offerings, loan portfolio quality trends, and uncertainty in current economic and business conditions.

Assessing the adequacy of the Allowance is a process that requires considerable judgment. Management considers the year-end Allowance appropriate and adequate to cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. However, management’s judgment is based upon a number of assumptions about current events, which are believed to be reasonable, but which may or may not prove valid. Thus, there can be no assurance that loan losses in future periods will not exceed the current Allowance amount or that future increases in the Allowance will not be required. No assurance can be given that management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio in light of changing economic conditions and other relevant circumstances will not require significant future additions to the Allowance, thus adversely affecting the operating results of TSFG.

The Allowance is also subject to examination and adequacy testing by regulatory agencies, which may consider such factors as the methodology used to determine adequacy and the size of the Allowance relative to that of peer institutions, and other adequacy tests. In addition, such regulatory agencies could require TSFG to adjust its Allowance based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

The methodology used to determine the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, which is included in other liabilities, is inherently similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses described above, adjusted for factors specific to binding commitments, including the probability of funding and historical loss ratio.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

TSFG uses derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to changes in interest rates and market prices for financial instruments. The application of hedge accounting requires judgment in the assessment of hedge effectiveness, identification of similarly hedged item groupings, and measurement of changes in the fair value of derivatives and related hedged items. TSFG believes that its methods for addressing these judgmental areas are reasonable and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. See “Derivative Financial Instruments” and “Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments” for additional information regarding derivatives.

22

Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the amount at which a financial instrument could be liquidated in a transaction between willing, unrelated parties in a normal business transaction. Fair value is based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments, adjusted for any differences in terms. If market values are not readily available, then the fair value is estimated. For example, when TSFG has an investment in a privately held company, TSFG’s management evaluates the fair value of these investments based on the entity’s ability to generate cash through its operations, obtain alternative financing, and subjective factors. Modeling techniques, such as discounted cash flow analyses, which use assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, prepayments, and discount rates, are also used to estimate fair value if market values are not readily available.

TSFG carries its available for sale securities, trading securities, and derivatives at fair value. The unrealized gains or losses, net of income tax effect, on available for sale securities and the effective component of derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The fair value adjustments for trading securities and derivative financial instruments not qualifying as cash flow hedges are included in earnings. In addition, for hedged items in a fair value hedge, changes in the hedged item’s fair value attributable to the hedged risk are also included in noninterest income. No fair value adjustment is allowed for the related hedged asset or liability in circumstances where the derivatives do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133 (“SFAS 133”), “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

TSFG periodically evaluates its investment securities portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. If a security is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the related unrealized loss is charged to operations, and a new cost basis is established. Factors considered include the reasons for the impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, changes in value subsequent to period-end, and forecasted performance of the security issuer. Impairment is considered other-than-temporary unless the holder of the security has both the intent and ability to hold the security until the fair value recovers and evidence supporting the recovery outweighs evidence to the contrary. However, for equity securities, which typically do not have a contractual maturity with a specified cash flow on which to rely, the ability to hold an equity security indefinitely, by itself, does not allow for avoidance of other-than-temporary impairment.

The market values of TSFG’s investments in privately held limited partnerships, corporations and LLCs are not readily available. These investments are accounted for using either the cost or the equity method of accounting. The accounting treatment depends upon TSFG’s percentage ownership and degree of management influence. TSFG’s management evaluates its investments in limited partnerships and LLCs quarterly for impairment based on the investee’s ability to generate cash through its operations, obtain alternative financing, and subjective factors. There are inherent risks associated with TSFG’s investments in privately held limited partnerships, corporations and LLCs, which may result in income statement volatility in future periods.

The process for valuing financial instruments, particularly those with little or no liquidity, is subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. Small changes in assumptions can result in significant changes in valuation. Valuations are subject to change as a result of external factors beyond our control that have a substantial degree of uncertainty. The inherent risks associated with determining the fair value of a financial instrument may result in income statement volatility in future periods.

Income Taxes

Management uses certain assumptions and estimates in determining income taxes payable or refundable for the current year, deferred income tax liabilities and assets for events recognized differently in its financial statements and income tax returns, and income tax expense. Determining these

23

amounts requires analysis of certain transactions and interpretation of tax laws and regulations. Management exercises considerable judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting income tax liabilities and assets. These judgments and estimates are re-evaluated on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.

No assurance can be given that either the tax returns submitted by management or the income tax reported on the Consolidated Financial Statements will not be adjusted by either adverse rulings by the U.S. Tax Court, changes in the tax code, or assessments made by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). TSFG is subject to potential adverse adjustments, including but not limited to: an increase in the statutory federal or state income tax rates, the permanent nondeductibility of amounts currently considered deductible either now or in future periods, and the dependency on the generation of future taxable income, including capital gains, in order to ultimately realize deferred income tax assets.

Share-Based Compensation

TSFG measures compensation cost for share-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation over the service period for awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units is based on the number of shares granted and the quoted price of our common stock, and the fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate. In addition, the estimation of share-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. TSFG considers many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including types of awards, employee class, and historical experience. Actual results, and future changes in estimates, may differ substantially from our current estimates. For performance-based awards, TSFG estimates the degree to which performance conditions will be met to determine the number of shares which will vest and the related compensation expense prior to the vesting date.

Accounting for Acquisitions

TSFG has grown its operations, in part, through bank and non-bank acquisitions. Since 2000, and in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” TSFG has used the purchase method of accounting to account for acquisitions. Under this method, TSFG is required to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value, which in many instances involves estimates based on third party, internal, or other valuation techniques. These estimates also include the establishment of various accruals for planned facilities dispositions and employee benefit related considerations, among other acquisition-related items. In addition, purchase acquisitions typically result in goodwill or other intangible assets, which are subject to periodic impairment tests, on an annual basis, or more often, if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. These tests, which TSFG performed annually as of June 30th since 2002, use estimates such as projected cash flows, discount rates, time periods, and comparable market values in their calculations. Furthermore, the determination of which intangible assets have finite lives is subjective, as well as the determination of the amortization period for such intangible assets.

TSFG uses a third-party to test for goodwill impairment by determining the fair value for each reporting unit and comparing it to the carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the potential for impairment exists, and a second step of impairment testing is required. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. If the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and is written down to its fair value.

24

The valuations as of June 30, 2006 indicated that no impairment charges were required as of that test date. There have been no events or circumstances since June 30, 2006 that indicate there may be potential impairment.

For several previous acquisitions, TSFG has agreed to issue earn-out payments based on the achievement of certain performance targets. Upon paying the additional consideration, TSFG would record additional goodwill.

TSFG’s other intangible assets have an estimated finite useful life and are amortized over that life in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in the economic value of the identified intangible asset. TSFG periodically reviews its other intangible assets to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances which indicate the recorded amount is not recoverable from projected undiscounted cash flows. If the projected undiscounted net operating cash flows are less than the carrying amount, a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, and when appropriate, the amortization period is also reduced.

Expanded Corporate Facilities

On March 17, 2006, TSFG acquired approximately 68 acres of land in Greenville County, South Carolina for a purchase price of $10.4 million for the purpose of developing a corporate campus to consolidate existing office space and to meet TSFG’s future facility needs. TSFG expects the cost of this project to approximate $100 million, less certain economic incentives awarded by the state, city, and county governments, which will be fully realized over an extended period of time assuming certain conditions are met, the majority of which require a minimum investment of $100 million and creation of 600 new jobs at the campus by December 31, 2011. The first buildings are expected to be occupied by the first quarter 2009.

25

Acquisitions and Sales

The following table summarizes TSFG’s significant acquisitions completed during the past three years. All of the transactions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. TSFG’s Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of the acquired company’s operations since the acquisition date.

Table 1
Summary of Completed Acquisitions
(dollars in thousands)
	Acquisition Date	Total Assets (1)		Shares Issued		Purchase Price Paid in Cash			Identifiable Intangible Assets (2)		Goodwill (2)
Bank Acquisitions
Pointe Bank Boca Raton, Florida	05/06/05	$	432,550	2,193,941		$	24,495		$	6,689	$	64,590
CNB Florida Lake City, Florida	07/16/04		839,148	5,312,974			—			11,312		117,367
Florida Banks Jacksonville, Florida	07/16/04		1,023,290	5,418,890			—			5,982		138,724
Insurance Agency/Other Acquisitions
Lossing Insurance Agency Ocala, Florida	11/01/05		476	—			5,325	(3)		2,184		4,037
Bowditch Insurance Corporation Jacksonville, Florida	06/06/05		713	87,339	(4)		2,040			2,276		3,244
Koss Olinger Gainesville, Florida	04/04/05		287	56,398	(5)		4,718			1,742		4,956
Summit Title, LLC Hendersonville, North Carolina	04/12/04		86	12,929	(6)		—			55		282

⁽¹⁾ Book value at the acquisition date.

⁽²⁾ Carrying amount (identifiable intangible assets are not reported net of accumulated amortization) at December 31, 2006.

⁽³⁾ TSFG agreed to issue annual cash earn-outs for each of September 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, based on targeted earnings achievement. The earn-outs would have a maximum total value of $1.3 million.

⁽⁴⁾ TSFG agreed to issue annual earn-out shares for each of May 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, based on targeted earnings achievement. The shares would have a maximum total value of approximately $1.9 million.

⁽⁵⁾ TSFG agreed to issue earn-out shares on May 17, 2010 based on earnings achievement. The base earn-out shares would have a total value of $3 million for achievement of the minimum performance target, with potential additional earn-out shares based on achievement of higher performance levels.

⁽⁶⁾ TSFG agreed to issue annual earn-out shares, valued at the time of issuance at $66,906, for each of April 12, 2007 and 2008, based on revenue retention and earnings achievement.

For additional information regarding TSFG’s acquisitions, please see Item 8, Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. TSFG had no pending acquisitions as of December 31, 2006.

Sales

In September 2006, Carolina First Bank completed the sale of its branch office in Mullins, South Carolina. In connection with the sale of this branch, TSFG recorded a gain of $2.5 million and transferred deposits of $27.9 million and loans of $2.6 million to the purchaser.

26

Balance Sheet Review

Loans

TSFG focuses its lending activities on small and middle market businesses and individuals in its geographic markets. At December 31, 2006, outstanding loans totaled $9.7 billion, which equaled 102% of total deposits (123% of customer deposits) and 69% of total assets. Substantially all loans were to borrowers located in TSFG’s market areas in South Carolina, North Carolina, and Florida. At December 31, 2006, approximately 8% of the portfolio is unsecured.

As part of its portfolio and balance sheet management strategies, TSFG reviews its loans held for investment and determines whether its intent for specific loans or classes of loans has changed. If management changes its intent from held for investment to held for sale, the loans are transferred to the held for sale portfolio and recorded at the lower of cost basis or fair value.

Loans held for investment increased $262.5 million, or 2.8%, to $9.7 billion at December 31, 2006 from $9.4 billion at December 31, 2005. Excluding the sale of indirect auto loans discussed below ($359.6 million) and the sale of the Mullins branch ($2.6 million), loan growth for 2006 was 6.6% (based on period-end balances). Loan growth was concentrated primarily in commercial loans.

During second quarter 2006, TSFG performed an initial evaluation of indirect loans to determine their profitability versus certain internal profitability targets. TSFG determined that its historical production had been generated at returns lower than its internal profitability target. As a result of this review, in June 2006, TSFG sold $359.6 million of indirect auto loans originated from August 2005 through the end of May 2006 and reduced wholesale funding levels. TSFG recorded a $3.5 million loss on the sale of these indirect auto loans. Also, TSFG attempted to improve the profitability of its indirect auto lending by intending to sell new production. Accordingly, TSFG classified its June 2006 and July 2006 production of indirect auto loans as held for sale. In 2006, TSFG recorded a loss on indirect auto loans of $5.1 million, which included lower of cost or market adjustments on the loans held for sale, losses on interest rate swaps economically hedging the anticipated monthly sale of the loans, and the $3.5 million loss on sale mentioned above.

Since undergoing its evaluation of indirect loans, TSFG has worked to increase its loan yield relative to the matched funding cost and negotiated lower dealer reserve ratios. As a result of these actions, TSFG believes the profitability of its more recent indirect auto loan production has improved. Given this profitability improvement, combined with the challenges associated with selling indirect auto loans for a gain, TSFG decided to keep the more recent indirect auto loan production on its balance sheet as held for investment. As of July 31, 2006, TSFG transferred its indirect auto loan production originally classified as held for sale to held for investment. In addition, effective August 1, 2006, TSFG recorded new production of indirect auto loans as held for investment.

TSFG generally sells a majority of its residential mortgage loans at origination in the secondary market. TSFG also retains certain of its mortgage loans, based on predetermined criteria, in its held for investment portfolio as part of its overall balance sheet management strategy. Loans held for sale decreased $8.6 million to $28.6 million at December 31, 2006 from $37.2 million at December 31, 2005, primarily related to lower mortgage loan volume and timing of mortgage loan sales.

27

Table 2 summarizes outstanding loans by collateral type for real estate secured loans and by borrower type for all other loans. Collateral type represents the underlying assets securing the loan, rather than the purpose of the loan.

Table 2
Loan Portfolio Composition
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002
Commercial, financial and agricultural	$	2,152,375		$	1,936,963		$	1,584,198		$	1,358,409		$	913,368
Real estate - construction (1)		1,630,366			1,497,605			1,007,061			619,124			570,265
Real estate - residential mortgages (1-4 family)		1,416,005			1,493,317			1,278,310			940,744			643,941
Commercial secured by real estate (1)		3,727,316			3,441,576			3,109,242			2,146,650			1,765,103
Consumer		775,805			1,069,934			1,128,946			667,278			541,210
Lease financing receivables		—			—			—			—			124
Loans held for investment	$	9,701,867		$	9,439,395		$	8,107,757		$	5,732,205		$	4,434,011
Percentage of Loans Held for Investment
Commercial, financial and agricultural		22.2	%		20.5	%		19.5	%		23.7	%		20.6	%
Real estate - construction (1)		16.8			15.9			12.4			10.8			12.9
Real estate - residential mortgages (1-4 family)		14.6			15.8			15.8			16.4			14.5
Commercial secured by real estate (1)		38.4			36.5			38.4			37.5			39.8
Consumer		8.0			11.3			13.9			11.6			12.2
Lease financing receivables		—			—			—			—			—
Total		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

⁽¹⁾ These categories include loans to businesses other than real estate companies where owner-occupied real estate is pledged on loans to finance operations, equipment, and facilities.

28

Table 3
Loan Portfolio Composition Based on Loan Purpose
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002
Commercial Loans
Commercial and industrial	$	2,491,212		$	2,258,789		$	2,049,160		$	1,593,346		$	1,194,614
Owner - occupied real estate (1)		910,296			801,953			825,582			634,604			733,819
Commercial real estate		4,091,512			3,933,927			3,246,729			2,071,242			1,420,252
		7,493,020			6,994,669			6,121,471			4,299,192			3,348,685
Consumer Loans
Indirect - sales finance		660,401			916,318			790,372			591,807			420,294
Direct retail		292,993			352,519			199,785			119,412			116,410
Home equity		528,909			571,740			540,022			393,332			248,018
		1,482,303			1,840,577			1,530,179			1,104,551			784,722
Mortgage Loans		726,544			604,149			456,107			328,462			300,604
Total loans held for investment	$	9,701,867		$	9,439,395		$	8,107,757		$	5,732,205		$	4,434,011
Percentage of Loans Held for Investment
Commercial and industrial		25.7	%		23.9	%		25.3	%		27.8	%		26.9	%
Owner - occupied real estate (1)		9.4			8.5			10.2			11.1			16.6
Commercial real estate		42.2			41.7			40.0			36.1			32.0
Consumer		15.2			19.5			18.9			19.3			17.7
Mortgage		7.5			6.4			5.6			5.7			6.8
Total		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

⁽¹⁾ In Table 2, these loans are included in the “Real estate-construction” and “Commercial secured by real estate” categories, which also include loans to non-real estate industry borrowers.

Commercial and industrial loans are loans to finance short-term and intermediate-term cash needs of businesses. Typical needs include the need to finance seasonal or other temporary cash flow imbalances, growth in working assets created by sales growth, and purchases of equipment and vehicles. Credit is extended in the form of short-term single payment loans, lines of credit for periods up to a year, revolving credit facilities for periods up to five years, and amortizing term loans for periods up to ten years.

Owner-occupied real estate loans are loans to finance the purchase or expansion of operating facilities used by businesses not engaged in the real estate business. Typical loans are loans to finance offices, manufacturing plants, warehouse facilities, and retail shops. Depending on the property type and the borrower’s cash flows, amortization terms vary from ten years up to 20 years. Although secured by mortgages on the properties financed, these loans are underwritten based on the cash flows generated by operations of the businesses they house.

Commercial real estate loans are loans to finance real properties that are acquired, developed, or constructed for sale or lease to parties unrelated to the borrower. Included are loans to acquire land for development, land development loans, construction loans, mini-perms for cash flow stabilization periods, and permanent loans in situations where access to the secondary market is limited due to loan size.

Indirect - sales finance loans are loans to individuals to finance the purchase of motor vehicles. They are closed at the auto dealership but approved in advance by TSFG for immediate purchase. Loans

29

are extended on new and used motor vehicles with terms varying from two to six years. During the second quarter of 2006, TSFG sold $359.6 million of indirect auto loans originated from August 2005 through the end of May 2006. See discussion above.

Direct retail consumer loans are loans to individuals to finance personal, family, or household needs. Typical loans are loans to finance auto purchases, home repairs and additions, and purchases of residential lots.

Home equity loans are loans to homeowners, secured by junior mortgages on their primary residences, to finance personal, family, or household needs. These loans may be in the form of amortizing loans or lines of credit with terms up to 15 years.

Mortgage loans are loans to individuals, secured by first or second mortgages on single-family residences, generally to finance the acquisition or construction of those residences. TSFG generally sells a majority of its residential mortgage loans at origination in the secondary market. TSFG also retains certain of its mortgage loans, based on predetermined criteria, in its held for investment portfolio as part of its overall balance sheet management strategy.

The portfolio’s largest concentration is in commercial real estate loans. Real estate development and construction are major components of the economic activity that occurs in TSFG’s markets. By product type, commercial construction and development loans represent the largest component of commercial real estate loans, and represent 39.7% of the total commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2006, up from 35.9% at December 31, 2005. The risk attributable to the concentration in commercial real estate loans is managed by focusing our lending on markets we are familiar with and on borrowers who have proven track records and who we believe possess the financial means to weather adverse market conditions. Consequently, although the analysis of reserve adequacy includes an adjustment to account for the risk inherent in this concentration, management believes the risk of loss in its commercial real estate loans is not materially greater than the risk of loss in any other segment of the portfolio.

30

In addition, management believes that diversification by geography, property type, and borrower partially mitigates the risk of loss in its commercial real estate loan portfolio. Table 4 sorts the commercial real estate portfolio by geography and property type.

Table 4
Commercial Real Estate Loans
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31, 2006				December 31, 2005
	Balance		% of Total		Balance		% of Total
Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geographic Diversification
Western North Carolina (Hendersonville/Asheville)	$	852,357	20.8	%	$	736,269	18.7	%
Tampa Bay Florida		554,987	13.6			463,842	11.8
Northeast Florida (Jacksonville)		353,485	8.6			319,482	8.1
Midlands South Carolina (Columbia)		339,790	8.3			356,766	9.1
Upstate South Carolina (Greenville)		336,844	8.2			384,699	9.8
North Central Florida		308,958	7.6			307,044	7.8
North Coastal South Carolina (Myrtle Beach)		297,939	7.3			371,221	9.4
Central Florida (Orlando)		276,221	6.8			273,470	6.9
South Florida (Ft. Lauderdale)		255,476	6.2			219,240	5.6
South Coastal South Carolina (Charleston)		232,275	5.7			249,808	6.4
Greater South Charlotte South Carolina (Rock Hill)		136,447	3.3			124,960	3.2
Marion, Florida		146,733	3.6			127,126	3.2
Total commercial real estate loans	$	4,091,512	100.0	%	$	3,933,927	100.0	%
Commercial Real Estate Loans by Product Type
Commercial construction/development	$	1,623,105	39.7	%	$	1,413,956	35.9	%
Mixed use		441,853	10.8			436,055	11.1
Other real estate structures		315,785	7.7			339,347	8.6
1-4 family residential investment property		302,883	7.4			330,760	8.4
Residential construction		266,779	6.5			280,541	7.1
Retail		280,532	6.8			260,990	6.6
Undeveloped land		251,967	6.2			271,922	6.9
Multi-family residential		231,802	5.7			218,591	5.6
Hotel/motel		178,580	4.4			184,351	4.7
Other (1)		198,226	4.8			197,414	5.1
Total commercial real estate loans	$	4,091,512	100.0	%	$	3,933,927	100.0	%

⁽¹⁾ Other includes all loans in categories smaller than the lowest percentages shown above.

Note: At December 31, 2006 and 2005, average loan size for commercial real estate loans totaled $478,000 and $415,000, respectively.

31

Table 5 presents maturities of certain loan classifications based on collateral type at December 31, 2006. The table also provides the breakdown between those loans with a predetermined interest rate and those loans with a floating interest rate.

Table 5
Selected Loan Maturity and Interest Sensitivity
(dollars in thousands)
	One Year or Less		Over One But Less Than Five Years		Over Five Years		Total
Commercial secured by real estate	$	202,377	$	1,957,264	$	1,567,675	$	3,727,316
Commercial, financial and agricultural		537,644		1,086,937		527,794		2,152,375
Real estate—construction		229,022		1,224,898		176,446		1,630,366
Total of loans with:
Floating interest rates (1)		858,538		2,965,566		1,333,172		5,157,276
Predetermined interest rates		110,505		1,303,533		938,743		2,352,781

⁽¹⁾ TSFG has entered into swaps to hedge the forecasted interest income from certain prime-based commercial loans. The notional amount of these swaps totaled $870.0 million at December 31, 2006.

Table 6 summarizes TSFG’s loan relationships, including unused loan commitments, which are greater than $10 million.

Table 6
Loan Relationships Greater than $10 Million
				Outstanding Principal Balance
	Number of Borrowers	Total Commitment		Amount		Percentage of Loans Held for Investment
December 31, 2006	184	$	3.3 billion	$	2.1 billion	21.4	%
December 31, 2005	157		2.6 billion		1.6 billion	16.4

Portfolio risk is also managed by maintaining a “house” lending limit at a level significantly lower than the legal lending limit of both Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank, and by requiring Board of Director approval to exceed it. At December 31, 2006, TSFG’s house lending limit was $35 million, and five credit relationships totaling $208.6 million were in excess of the limit. The 20 largest credit relationships have an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $370.5 million, or 3.8% of total loans held for investment, at December 31, 2006, up from 2.5% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2005.

TSFG participates in “shared national credits” (multi-bank credit facilities of $20 million or more), primarily to borrowers who are headquartered or conduct business in or near our markets. At December 31, 2006, the loan portfolio included 63 commitments totaling $911.7 million in shared national credits. Outstanding borrowings under these commitments totaled $413.2 million. At December 31, 2005, the loan portfolio included 48 commitments totaling $646.0 million in shared national credits, of which $222.7 million was outstanding.

Credit Quality

A willingness to take credit risk is inherent in the decision to grant credit. Prudent risk-taking requires a credit risk management system based on sound policies and control processes that ensure compliance with those policies. TSFG’s credit risk management system is defined by policies approved by the Board of Directors that govern the risk underwriting, portfolio monitoring, and problem loan administration processes. Adherence to underwriting standards is managed through a multi-layered credit

32

approval process and after-the-fact review by credit risk management of loans approved by lenders. Through daily review by credit risk managers, monthly reviews of exception reports, and ongoing analysis of asset quality trends, compliance with underwriting and loan monitoring policies is closely supervised. The administration of problem loans is driven by policies that require written plans for resolution and quarterly meetings with credit risk management to review progress. Credit risk management activities are monitored by Credit Committees of each banking subsidiary’s Board of Directors, which meet monthly to review credit quality trends, new large credits, loans to insiders, large problem credits, credit policy changes, and reports on independent credit reviews of branch offices.

Table 7 presents a summary of TSFG’s credit quality indicators.

Table 7
Credit Quality Indicators
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002
Loans held for investment	$	9,701,867		$	9,439,395		$	8,107,757		$	5,732,205		$	4,434,011
Allowance for loan losses		111,663			107,767			96,434			72,811			69,625
Allowance for credit losses (1)		112,688			109,350			96,918			73,287			70,275
Nonaccrual loans - commercial (2)	$	28,733		$	25,145		$	38,015		$	47,137		$	61,206
Nonaccrual loans - consumer		5,250			3,417			2,312			2,686			2,384
Nonaccrual loans - mortgage (3)		3,185			4,693			4,755			—			—
Restructured loans still accruing interest		—			—			—			—			—
Total nonperforming loans		37,168			33,255			45,082			49,823			63,590
Foreclosed property (other real estate owned and personal property repossessions) (4)		4,341			10,722			10,894			10,951			10,596
Total nonperforming assets		41,509			43,977			55,976			60,774			74,186
Loans past due 90 days or more (mortgage and consumer with interest accruing) (3)	$	3,129		$	4,548		$	3,764		$	3,960		$	5,414
Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans held for investment and foreclosed property		0.43	%		0.47	%		0.69	%		1.06	%		1.67	%
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans held for investment		1.15			1.14			1.19			1.27			1.57
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans held for investment		1.16			1.16			1.20			1.28			1.58
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans		3.00	x		3.24	x		2.14	x		1.46	x		1.09	x

⁽¹⁾ The allowance for credit losses is the sum of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.

⁽²⁾ At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, nonaccrual loans – commercial included $500,000, $1.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively, in restructured loans.

⁽³⁾ Effective September 30, 2004, TSFG began placing residential mortgage loans in nonaccrual status when they become 150-days delinquent. Previously, these loans were not placed in nonaccrual status (unless impairment was evident), but any associated accrued interest was reserved.

⁽⁴⁾ At December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, personal property repossessions totaled $900,000, $850,000, and $652,000, respectively, and were included in nonperforming assets. Personal property repossessions totaled $1.0 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and were excluded from nonperforming assets.

33

TSFG’s nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans held for investment and foreclosed property improved to 0.43% at December 31, 2006 from 0.47% at December 31, 2005, reflecting lower nonperforming asset levels and moderate period-end loan growth.

The allowance for credit losses was 1.16% of loans held for investment at December 31, 2006, unchanged from the December 31, 2005 level. The allowance for loan losses increased as a percentage of loans held for investment to 1.15% at December 31, 2006 from 1.14% at December 31, 2005, as usage levels under credit commitments were higher at the end of 2006.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable incurred losses inherent in the lending portfolio. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses (the “Allowance”) is analyzed quarterly. For purposes of this analysis, adequacy is defined as a level sufficient to absorb probable incurred losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date presented. The methodology employed for this analysis is as follows.

The portfolio is segregated into risk-similar segments for which historical loss ratios are calculated and adjusted for identified changes in current portfolio characteristics. Historical loss ratios are calculated by product type for consumer loans (direct installment, indirect installment, revolving, and mortgage) and by credit risk grade for performing commercial loans. Nonperforming commercial loans are reviewed for impairment and impairment is measured in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 5 and 15” (“SFAS 114”), and assigned specific reserves. To allow for modeling margin for imprecision, a range of probable loss ratios (from 95% to 105% of the adjusted historical loss ratio) is then derived for each segment. The resulting percentages are then applied to the dollar amounts of loans in each segment to arrive at each segment’s range of probable loss levels.

The Allowance for each portfolio segment is set at an amount within its range that reflects management’s best judgment of the extent to which historical loss levels are more or less accurate indicators of current losses in the portfolio. Management’s judgments evolve from an assessment of various issues, including but not limited to the pace of loan growth, emerging portfolio concentrations, risk management system changes, entry into new markets, new product offerings, loans acquired from acquisitions, loan portfolio quality trends, and uncertainty in current economic and business conditions.

The Allowance is then segregated into allocated and unallocated components. The allocated component is the sum of the loss estimates at the lower end of the probable loss range for each category. The unallocated component is the sum of the amounts by which final loss estimates exceed the lower end estimates for each category. The unallocated component of the Allowance represents probable incurred losses inherent in the portfolio based on our analysis that are not fully captured in the allocated component. Allocation of the Allowance to respective loan portfolio components is not necessarily indicative of future losses or future allocations. The entire Allowance is available to absorb incurred probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. (See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for additional discussion regarding the Allowance.)

34

Table 8, which summarizes the changes in the Allowance, and Table 9, which reflects the allocation of the Allowance at the end of each year, provides additional information with respect to the activity in the Allowance.

Table 8
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year	$	107,767		$	96,434		$	72,811		$	69,625		$	44,090
Purchase accounting adjustments		—			3,741			20,682			12,690			22,973
Allowance adjustment for loans sold		(3,089	)		—			(506	)		—			(12	)
Charge-offs:
Commercial, financial and agricultural		16,895			23,188			20,882			18,474			6,680
Real estate—construction		6,814			1,329			2,513			3,049			3,206
Real estate—residential mortgages (1-4 family)		2,373			2,107			1,980			3,034			3,389
Commercial secured by real estate		5,200			6,644			4,842			2,410			2,120
Consumer		5,341			5,946			6,786			7,657			8,161
Total loans charged-off		36,623			39,214			37,003			34,624			23,556
Recoveries:
Commercial, financial and agricultural		6,558			4,651			2,762			1,997			1,970
Real estate—construction		931			548			719			109			444
Real estate—residential mortgages (1-4 family)		287			537			416			355			125
Commercial secured by real estate		1,474			776			568			1,044			130
Consumer		1,011			801			1,006			860			1,348
Total loans recovered		10,261			7,313			5,471			4,365			4,017
Net charge-offs		26,362			31,901			31,532			30,259			19,539
Additions through provision expense		33,347			39,493			34,979			20,755			22,113
Allowance for loan losses, end of year	$	111,663		$	107,767		$	96,434		$	72,811		$	69,625
Average loans held for investment	$	9,581,602		$	8,848,279		$	6,909,545		$	4,864,168		$	3,969,786
Loans held for investment (period end)		9,701,867			9,439,395			8,107,757			5,732,205			4,434,011
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans held for investment		0.28	%		0.36	%		0.46	%		0.62	%		0.49	%

Table 9
Composition of Allowance for Loan Losses
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006		2005		2004		2003		2002
Commercial, financial and agricultural	$	27,072	$	23,658	$	20,077	$	16,568	$	15,831
Real estate - construction		20,001		16,640		12,763		7,551		9,883
Real estate - residential mortgages (1-4 family)		2,675		3,965		2,092		804		796
Commercial secured by real estate		46,604		43,387		39,404		26,182		30,589
Consumer		8,950		14,525		17,325		18,162		11,166
Unallocated		6,361		5,592		4,773		3,544		1,360
Total	$	111,663	$	107,767	$	96,434	$	72,811	$	69,625

Note: See Table 2 for composition of loan portfolio.

35

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, TSFG also estimates probable losses related to binding unfunded lending commitments. The methodology to determine such losses is inherently similar to the methodology utilized in calculating the allowance for commercial loans, adjusted for factors specific to binding commitments, including the probability of funding. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet. Changes to the reserve for unfunded lending commitments are made by changes to the provision for credit losses. (See Item 8, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, which information is incorporated herein by reference.)

Securities

TSFG uses the investment securities portfolio for several purposes. It serves as a vehicle to manage interest rate risk, to generate interest income, to provide liquidity to meet funding requirements, and to provide collateral for pledges on public deposits, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. Table 10 shows the carrying values of the investment securities portfolio at the end of each of the last five years.

Table 10
Investment Securities Portfolio Composition
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006		2005		2004		2003		2002
Trading Account (at fair value)
U.S. Treasury	$	—	$	22	$	—	$	—	$	5
U.S. Government agencies		—		137		—		460		345
State and municipal		—		1,243		—		20		—
		—		1,402		—		480		350
Securities Available for Sale (at fair value)
U.S. Treasury		166,719		182,468		234,538		246,659		254,121
U.S. Government agencies		653,034		656,442		930,046		866,968		833,900
Mortgage-backed securities		1,400,288		1,688,862		2,502,440		2,375,557		1,193,080
State and municipal		341,488		373,892		272,535		127,181		56,402
Other investments:
Corporate bonds		113,365		112,246		141,970		148,517		77,707
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock		52,246		67,553		72,733		50,411		42,990
Community bank stocks		12,406		10,067		14,899		23,487		16,802
Federal National Mortgage Association preferred stock		—		—		50,062		54,678		—
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation preferred stock		—		—		11,990		12,130		—
Netbank, Inc. common stock		—		—		122		4,778		7,018
Other equity investments		3,910		4,037		3,508		5,628		6,924
		2,743,456		3,095,567		4,234,843		3,915,994		2,488,944
Securities Held to Maturity (at amortized cost)
State and municipal		52,208		62,548		75,145		90,745		82,789
Other investments		100		100		100		352		103
		52,308		62,648		75,245		91,097		82,892
Total	$	2,795,764	$	3,159,617	$	4,310,088	$	4,007,571	$	2,572,186

36

Securities (i.e., trading securities, securities available for sale, and securities held to maturity) excluding the unrealized loss on available for sale securities averaged $3.0 billion in 2006, 30.6% below the average for 2005 of $4.4 billion. Starting in second quarter 2005, TSFG reduced securities in an effort to lower interest rate risk in a rising rate and flattening yield curve environment. Since December 31, 2005, TSFG has continued to lower securities by not reinvesting maturing investments and principal paydowns. At December 31, 2006, TSFG had a securities-to-total asset ratio of 19.7%, down from 22.1% at December 31, 2005.

The average tax-equivalent portfolio yield increased in 2006 to 4.75% from 4.35% in 2005. The securities yield increased primarily due to the balance sheet repositioning mentioned above, which reduced lower-yielding securities held in TSFG’s portfolio, compared with 2005.

TSFG strives to provide adequate flexibility to proactively manage cash flow as market conditions change. Cash flow may be used to pay-off borrowings, to fund loan growth, or to reinvest in securities at then current market rates.

The expected duration of the debt securities portfolio was approximately 3.8 years at December 31, 2006 and 2005. If interest rates rise, the duration of the debt securities portfolio may extend. Since total securities include some callable bonds and mortgage-backed securities, security paydowns are likely to accelerate if interest rates fall.

The available for sale portfolio constituted 98.1% of total securities at December 31, 2006. Management believes that maintaining most of its securities in the available for sale category provides greater flexibility in the management of the overall investment portfolio. The majority of these securities are government or agency securities and, therefore, pose minimal credit risk. Approximately 73% of MBS are collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) with a total expected duration of 5.1 years. At December 31, 2006, approximately 19% of the MBS portfolio was variable rate or hybrid variable rate, where the rate adjusts on an annual basis after a specified fixed rate period, generally ranging from three to ten years.

Changes in interest rates and related prepayment activity impact yields and fair values of TSFG’s securities. Based on the current investment portfolio composition, in a rising interest rate environment, related prepayment activity should decrease.

The net unrealized loss on available for sale securities (pre-tax) totaled $75.3 million at December 31, 2006, compared with a $73.6 million loss at December 31, 2005. If interest rates increase, TSFG expects its net unrealized loss on securities available for sale to increase. See Item 1, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information about TSFG’s securities in unrealized loss positions.

37

Table 11 shows the contractual maturity schedule for securities held to maturity and securities available for sale at December 31, 2006. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. The table also reflects the weighted average yield of the investment securities.

Table 11
Investment Securities Maturity Schedule
(dollars in thousands)
Available for Sale — Fair Value
	Within One Year			After One But Within Five Years			After Five But Within Ten Years			After Ten Years			No Contractual Maturity (1)			Total
U.S. Treasury	$	119,204		$	23,588		$	23,927		$	—		$	—		$	166,719
U.S. Government agencies		2,521			35,120			376,112			239,281			—			653,034
Mortgage-backed securities		145			540,033			413,338			446,772			—			1,400,288
State and municipal		39,660			165,091			128,787			7,950			—			341,488
Other investments		11,360			55,374			47,398			—			67,795			181,927
	$	172,890		$	819,206		$	989,562		$	694,003		$	67,795		$	2,743,456
Weighted Average Yield
U.S. Treasury		4.38	%		2.86	%		3.81	%		—	%		—	%		4.08	%
U.S. Government agencies		5.25			4.56			5.25			5.63			—			5.35
Mortgage-backed securities		4.61			4.73			4.63			4.50			—			4.63
State and municipal		2.17			2.88			3.43			4.51			—			3.04
Other investments		3.40			5.30			5.18			—			n/a			5.06
		3.82	%		4.07	%		4.48	%		4.80	%		—	%		4.60	%
Held to Maturity — Amortized Cost
State and municipal	$	12,426		$	30,394		$	9,388		$	—		$	—		$	52,208
Other investments		—			50			50			—			—			100
	$	12,426		$	30,444		$	9,438		$	—		$	—		$	52,308
Weighted Average Yield
State and municipal		3.47	%		3.65	%		3.57	%		—	%		—	%		3.60	%
Other investments		—			4.50			6.45			—			—			5.48
		3.47	%		3.65	%		3.59	%		—	%		—	%		3.60	%

⁽¹⁾ These securities have no contractual maturity or yield and accordingly are excluded from the “Other Investments” yield calculation, as well as the overall “Available for Sale” yield calculation.

Community Bank Stocks. At December 31, 2006, TSFG had equity investments in 10 community banks located in the Southeast with a cost basis of $9.6 million and a market value of $12.4 million. In each case, TSFG owns less than 5% of the community bank’s outstanding common stock. These investments in community banks are included in securities available for sale.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments used by TSFG may include interest rate swaps, caps, collars, floors, options, futures and forward contracts. Derivative contracts are primarily used to hedge identified risks and also to provide risk-management products to customers. TSFG has derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 but otherwise achieve

38

economic hedging goals (“economic hedges”), as well as derivatives that are used in trading and customer hedging programs. Table 12 shows the fair value of TSFG’s derivative assets and liabilities (which are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Financial Statements) and their related notional amounts. TSFG’s trading derivatives, economic hedges, and customer hedging programs are included in Other Derivatives in Table 12.

Table 12
Summary of Derivative Assets and Liabilities
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31, 2006						December 31, 2005
	Fair Value				Notional Amount		Fair Value				Notional Amount
	Asset		Liability				Asset		Liability
Cash Flow Hedges
Interest rate swaps associated with borrowing activities	$	143	$	—	$	183,000	$	1,785	$	—	$	278,500
Interest rate swaps associated with lending activities		1,979		3,408		870,000		422		1,515		435,000
Interest rate floor associated with lending activities		1,564		—		200,000		—		—		—
Fair Value Hedges
Interest rate swaps associated with brokered CDs		—		33,541		1,167,585		48		29,315		1,111,170
Other Derivatives
Forward foreign currency contracts		36		36		18,119		482		482		31,715
Options, interest rate swaps and other		6,236		5,922		278,846		3,988		11,656		221,453
	$	9,958	$	42,907	$	2,717,550	$	6,725	$	42,968	$	2,077,838

Noninterest income included $3.2 million of net gains, $3.3 million of net losses, and $33.3 million of net gains in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, for trading and derivative activities. These gains and losses include the following: the change in fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133, as well as the net cash settlement from these interest rate swaps; hedge ineffectiveness; and other miscellaneous items.

Customer Hedging Programs. TSFG offers programs that permit its customers to hedge various risks, including fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Through these programs, derivative contracts are executed between the customers and TSFG. Offsetting contracts are executed between TSFG and selected third parties to hedge the risk created through the customer contracts. The interest rates on the third party contracts are identical to the interest rates on the customer contracts. As a result, the change in fair value of the customer contracts will generally be offset by the change in fair value of the related third-party contracts. These customer contracts generally take the form of interest rate swaps to hedge fixed rate loans made by TSFG to the customer and foreign exchange forward contracts to manage currency risk associated with non-dollar denominated transactions.

All derivative contracts associated with these programs are carried at fair value and are not considered hedges under SFAS 133. At December 31, 2006, the largest fair value adjustment to any single customer derivative or third-party derivative totaled $201,000.

Fair Value Hedges. TSFG enters into interest rate swaps to effectively convert its fixed rate brokered CDs to floating rates. The interest rate swaps are structured such that the notional amount, termination date, fixed rate and other relevant terms match those of the brokered CD it is hedging. These interest

39

rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges under SFAS 133 using the “long-haul” method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Upon entering into a brokered CD, TSFG pays a commission to the CD broker. These commissions are treated as prepaid fees and are amortized over the life of the related CD. Amortization of the prepaid fees on the brokered CDs, included in interest expense, was $2.6 million and $3.4 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

TSFG has entered into interest rate swaps to hedge the risk created from certain indexed brokered CD products, including equity-linked CDs and inflation-indexed CDs. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges under SFAS 133 using the “long-haul” method of assessing hedge ineffectiveness.

In 2006 and 2005, noninterest income included gains of $88,000 and losses of $181,000, respectively, representing ineffectiveness of fair value hedges. There were no gains or losses representing ineffectiveness of fair value hedges in 2004.

Cash Flow Hedges. TSFG uses interest rate swaps and floors to hedge the repricing characteristics of certain floating rate assets and liabilities. The initial assessment of expected hedge effectiveness and the ongoing periodic measures of hedge ineffectiveness are based on the expected change in cash flows of the hedged item caused by changes in either the benchmark interest rate or overall cash flows, depending on the specific hedge relationship. TSFG has entered into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its variable rate structured repurchase agreement portfolio and FHLB advances to fixed rates. In addition, TSFG has entered into receive-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the forecasted interest income from prime-based commercial loans through 2011 and expects to enter into additional interest rate swaps on its prime-based commercial loans. TSFG has also purchased an interest rate floor which protects the Company from decreases in the hedged cash flows on its prime-based interest receipts below the strike rate on the floor. There were no significant cash flow hedging gains or losses, as a result of hedge ineffectiveness, recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Trading. From time to time, TSFG enters into derivative financial contracts that are not designed to hedge specific transactions or identified assets or liabilities and therefore do not qualify for hedge accounting, but are rather part of the Company’s overall risk management strategy. Such contracts include interest rate futures, option contracts on certain U.S. agency debt securities, and certain other interest rate swaps that are not designated as hedges. The futures contracts are exchange-traded, while the option contracts are over-the-counter instruments with money center and super-regional financial institution counterparties. These contracts are marked to market through earnings each period and are generally short-term in nature. At December 31, 2006 there were no such contracts outstanding.

Mortgage Loan Commitments and Forward Sales Commitments. As part of its mortgage lending activities, TSFG originates certain residential loans and commits these loans for sale. The commitments to originate residential loans (“rate locks”) and the sales commitments are freestanding derivative instruments and are generally funded within 90 days. TSFG’s strategy also includes selling mortgage loans on a pooled basis in addition to individual loan sales. As a result, the amount of time between origination date and sale date has increased, which has increased the amount of interest rate risk associated with these loans. The value of the rate locks (and of the forward sale commitments mentioned below) is estimated based on indicative market prices being bid on similarly structured mortgage backed securities.

The Company enters into forward sales commitments of closed mortgage loans to third parties at a specified price. The forward sales commitments are entered into to economically hedge the change in fair value of the underlying mortgage loans. The change in the value of the forward sales commitments is recognized through current period earnings. The loans are accounted for on the basis of the lower of cost or market guidelines. Fair value gains or losses related to the forward sales commitments were not material for the year ended December 31, 2006

40

Indirect Auto Loan Sales. In June and July of 2006, the Company hedged the anticipated monthly sale of indirect auto loans with pay-fixed interest rate swaps. These swaps did not qualify for hedge accounting and were marked to market through earnings with no offsetting adjustment for the hedged item. TSFG terminated these hedges as of July 31, 2006 when it transferred its indirect auto loan production for June and July, originally classified as held for sale, to held for investment. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the loss on indirect auto loans includes losses of $150,000 on these swaps. (See “Loans” for an explanation of the transfer to loans held for investment as of July 31, 2006.)

Credit Risk of Derivative Financial Instruments. Entering into derivative financial contracts creates credit risk for potential amounts contractually due to TSFG from the derivative counterparties. Derivative credit risk is generally measured as the net replacement cost to TSFG in the event that a counterparty to a contract in a gain position to TSFG completely fails to perform under the terms of the contract. Derivative credit risk related to existing bank customers (in the case of “customer loan swaps” and foreign exchange contracts) is monitored through existing credit policies and procedures. The effects of changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates are evaluated across a range of possible options to limit the maximum exposures to individual customers. Customer loan swaps are generally cross-collateralized with the related loan. In addition, customers may also be required to provide margin collateral to further limit TSFG’s derivative credit risk.

Counterparty credit risk with other derivative counterparties (generally money-center and super-regional financial institutions) is evaluated through existing policies and procedures. This evaluation considers the total relationship between TSFG and each of the counterparties. Individual limits are established by management and approved by the credit department. Margin collateral in the form of cash or marketable securities is required if the exposure between TSFG and any counterparty exceeds established limits. Based on declines in the counterparties’ credit rating, these limits are reduced and additional margin collateral is required.

A deterioration of the credit standing of one or more of the counterparties to these contracts may result in the related hedging relationships being deemed ineffective or in TSFG not achieving its desired economic hedging outcome. This could occur if the credit standing of the counterparty deteriorated such that either the fair value of underlying collateral no longer supported the contract or the counterparty’s ability to provide margin collateral was impaired.

Please see Item 8, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of TSFG’s significant accounting policies.

Deposits

Deposits remain TSFG’s primary source of funds. Average customer deposits equaled 62.0% of average total funding in 2006 and 55.4% in 2005. Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank face strong competition from other banking and financial services companies in gathering deposits. TSFG has developed other sources, such as brokered CDs, FHLB advances, short-term borrowings, and long-term structured repurchase agreements to fund a portion of loan demand and, if appropriate, any increases in investment securities.

41

Table 13 shows the breakdown of total deposits by type of deposit and the respective percentage of total deposits.

Table 13
Types of Deposits
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	1,280,908		$	1,458,914		$	1,237,877		$	882,129		$	743,174
Interest-bearing checking		1,208,125			1,162,891			816,933			699,956			679,747
Money market accounts		2,435,413			2,290,134			2,704,287			2,237,299			1,017,095
Savings accounts		181,192			187,101			192,769			159,013			156,204
Total core deposits		5,105,638			5,099,040			4,951,866			3,978,397			2,596,220
Time deposits under $ 100,000		1,680,878			1,401,469			836,386			794,802			863,506
Time deposits of $100,000 or more		1,105,793			1,395,247			665,820			557,588			587,913
Customer deposits (1)		7,892,309			7,895,756			6,454,072			5,330,787			4,047,639
Brokered deposits		1,624,431			1,338,681			1,216,872			701,451			538,288
Total deposits	$	9,516,740		$	9,234,437		$	7,670,944		$	6,032,238		$	4,585,927
Percentage of Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		13.4	%		15.8	%		16.1	%		14.6	%		16.2	%
Interest-bearing checking		12.7			12.6			10.6			11.6			14.8
Money market accounts		25.6			24.8			35.3			37.1			22.2
Savings accounts		1.9			2.0			2.5			2.7			3.4
Total core deposits		53.6			55.2			64.5			66.0			56.6
Time deposits under $ 100,000		17.7			15.2			10.9			13.2			18.8
Time deposits of $100,000 or more		11.6			15.1			8.7			9.2			12.8
Customer deposits (1)		82.9			85.5			84.1			88.4			88.2
Brokered deposits		17.1			14.5			15.9			11.6			11.8
Total deposits		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

⁽¹⁾ TSFG defines customer deposits as total deposits less brokered deposits.

At December 31, 2006, period-end customer deposits were flat when compared to December 31, 2005. TSFG uses brokered deposits as an alternative funding source while continuing its efforts to maintain and grow its local customer deposit base. Brokered deposits increased as a percentage of total deposits since December 31, 2005 as TSFG elected to focus on core deposit categories (as opposed to time deposits) in 2006.

Table 18 in “Results of Operations - Net Interest Income” details average balances for the deposit portfolio for both 2006 and 2005. Comparing December 31, 2006 and 2005, average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $41.4 million, or 3.1%, and average interest-bearing checking deposits increased $155.1 million, or 15.8%. These increases reflect progress in TSFG’s efforts to improve its mix of core deposits and the full-year impact of the Pointe acquisition. In 2006, average money market deposits decreased $304.2 million, or 11.5%, while average time deposits, excluding average brokered deposits, increased $556.3 million, or 26.2%. Average brokered deposits increased $54.8 million, or 4.1%.

As part of its overall funding strategy, TSFG expects to continue its focus on lowering its funding costs by trying to improve the level and mix of customer deposits. TSFG attempts to enhance its deposit mix by working to attract lower-cost transaction accounts through actions such as new transaction account opening goals, differentiating pricing for promotions and specific markets, and changing

42

incentive plans to place a greater emphasis on lower-cost customer deposit growth. Deposit pricing is very competitive, and we expect this pricing environment to continue.

Time deposits of $100,000 or more are generally from customers within our local markets and include public deposits. During 2006, time deposits of $100,000 or more decreased $289.5 million, or 20.7%, to $1.1 billion, as TSFG generally elected not to price its certificates of deposit aggressively during 2006, instead focusing on its lower-cost deposits. TSFG utilizes these deposits to provide long-term fixed rate funding for the company at a price that is favorable relative to expected changes in the yield curve.

Table 14 shows a maturity schedule for time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2006.

Table 14

Maturity Distribution of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More

(dollars in thousands)

Three months or less	$	239,022
Over three through six months		239,594
Over six through twelve months		398,440
Over twelve months		228,737
Total outstanding	$	1,105,793

Borrowed Funds

Table 15 shows the breakdown of total borrowings by type.

Table 15
Types of Borrowings
(dollars in thousands)
	December 31,
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002
Short-Term Borrowings
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements	$	920,811		$	1,115,486		$	1,210,299		$	618,187		$	898,287
Customer sweeps		500,288			305,815			373,196			216,679			212,553
FHLB advances		175,000			—			—			—			29,600
Treasury, tax and loan note		139,989			20,131			14,111			11,781			14,444
Commercial paper		32,631			32,933			29,405			36,949			37,609
Lines of credit and other		—			—			—			7,349			—
		1,768,719			1,474,365			1,627,011			890,945			1,192,493
Long-Term Borrowings
Repurchase agreements		521,000			821,000			1,665,134			1,494,800			400,000
FHLB advances		328,113			852,140			1,057,167			989,500			806,920
Subordinated notes		188,871			155,695			155,695			135,075			11,000
Manditorily redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary		89,800			89,800			89,800			89,800			—
Employee stock ownership plan note payable		200			500			800			1,100			1,400
Note payable		828			865			900			927			968
Purchase accounting premiums, net of amortization		1,663			2,151			2,774			497			1,223
Total long-term debt		1,130,475			1,922,151			2,972,270			2,711,699			1,221,511
Debt associated with trust preferred securities		—			—			—			—			95,500
Total long-term borrowings		1,130,475			1,922,151			2,972,270			2,711,699			1,317,011
Total borrowings		2,899,194			3,396,516			4,599,281			3,602,644			2,509,504
Brokered deposits (1)		1,624,431			1,338,681			1,216,872			701,451			538,288
Total wholesale borrowings	$	4,523,625		$	4,735,197		$	5,816,153		$	4,304,095		$	3,047,792
Total wholesale borrowings as a percentage of total assets		31.8	%		33.1	%		42.2	%		40.1	%		38.4	%

⁽¹⁾ TSFG includes brokered deposits in total deposits on its consolidated balance sheet.

43

TSFG uses both short-term and long-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth. In 2006, average borrowings totaled $3.3 billion, compared with $4.5 billion in 2005. This decrease was primarily attributable to the balance sheet repositioning in late 2005, which reduced investment securities and wholesale borrowings. TSFG will continue to enter into derivative contracts to hedge interest rate risk related to borrowings.

Table 16 shows balance and interest rate information on TSFG’s short-term borrowings.

Table 16
Short-Term Borrowings
(dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,	Maximum Outstanding at any Month End		Average Balance		Average Interest Rate		Ending Balance		Interest Rate at Year End
2006
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements	$	1,462,673	$	1,225,832	5.06	%	$	920,811	5.27	%
Customer sweeps		500,288		349,963	4.36			500,288	4.44
FHLB advances		175,000		87,500	4.67			175,000	5.32
Treasury, tax and loan note		140,821		68,280	4.93			139,989	5.18
Commercial paper		39,532		35,122	5.12			32,631	5.36
			$	1,766,697	4.90	%	$	1,768,719	5.03	%
2005
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements	$	1,428,510	$	1,129,523	3.34	%	$	1,115,486	4.27	%
Customer sweeps		373,202		320,965	2.72			305,815	3.63
Treasury, tax and loan note		183,001		43,002	4.28			20,131	3.06
Commercial paper		35,085		31,045	3.51			32,933	4.42
			$	1,524,535	3.24	%	$	1,474,365	4.13	%
2004
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements	$	1,351,972	$	1,023,740	1.47	%	$	1,210,299	2.28	%
Customer sweeps		373,196		252,196	0.98			373,196	1.62
FHLB advances		205,000		17,084	0.56			—	—
Treasury, tax and loan note		110,377		17,740	0.43			14,111	1.75
Commercial paper		39,743		38,321	2.86			29,405	2.79
Line of credit to unaffiliated bank and other		7,349		1,249	5.53			—	—
			$	1,350,330	1.40	%	$	1,627,011	2.15	%

Federal funds purchased and short-term repurchase agreements are used to satisfy daily funding needs. Balances in these accounts can fluctuate on a day-to-day basis.

FHLB advances are a source of funding which TSFG uses depending on the current level of deposits, its ability to raise deposits through market promotions, the Subsidiary Banks’ unused FHLB borrowing capacity, and the availability of collateral to secure FHLB borrowings.

During 2006, TSFG recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $821,000, which reflects the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with $38.1 million of subordinated notes, with interest rates ranging from 8.99% to 9.17%, which TSFG called for redemption. During 2005, TSFG recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $7.1 million, for the costs to terminate certain

44

structured repurchase agreement borrowings totaling $1.5 billion, with interest rates ranging from 2.12% to 3.74%. The losses were offset by a gain related to prepayment discounts on Federal Home Loan Bank advances totaling $345.0 million with fixed interest rates ranging from 1.84% to 3.57%.

TSFG’s wholesale borrowings include funding with optionality, which provides a below-market rate for a guaranteed time period then gives the issuer of the debt the right to either (i) put the borrowings back to TSFG at the end of the lockout period or (ii) extend the borrowings at higher than market rates. In the last half of 2006, the FHLB and certain structured repurchase agreement counterparties exercised options to put approximately $670 million of borrowings back to TSFG. The funding was repaid and replaced with short-term borrowings at a cost of about 70 basis points higher. While this increases TSFG’s current funding cost, removing this funding optionality reduces future interest rate risk exposure. In addition, TSFG is moving the majority of this funding from short-term borrowings into longer-term, non-puttable funding to improve its liquidity. TSFG has placed approximately $500 million in 3 to 5-year brokered certificates of deposit. The remaining puttable funding for which TSFG is paying a below-market interest rate totals approximately $400 million with a lockout period that will expire by mid-2007. Given the current rate outlook, TSFG expects this funding to be put back and is evaluating alternatives to replace.

Capital Resources and Dividends

Total shareholders’ equity amounted to $1.6 billion, or 11.0% of total assets, compared with $1.5 billion, or 10.4% of total assets, at December 31, 2005. Shareholders’ equity increased from the retention of earnings, partially offset by cash dividends paid. On December 14, 2006, TSFG’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to 4 million shares. This authorization replaced TSFG’s existing stock repurchase authorization. Subsequent to year end, on January 29, 2007, TSFG entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement for 1 million shares in connection with the aforementioned authorization.

TSFG’s unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax, which is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, was $47.4 million as of December 31, 2006 compared with $46.4 million at December 31, 2005.

Book value per share at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $20.73 and $19.90, respectively. Tangible book value per share at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $11.63 and $10.64, respectively. Tangible book value was below book value as a result of the purchase premiums associated with acquisitions of entities and assets accounted for as purchases.

TSFG is subject to the risk-based capital guidelines administered by bank regulatory agencies. The guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under these guidelines, assets and certain off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and certain off-balance sheet items. TSFG and its Subsidiary Banks exceeded the well-capitalized regulatory requirements at December 31, 2006. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators, that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

45

Table 17 sets forth various capital ratios for TSFG and its Subsidiary Banks. Under current regulatory guidelines, debt associated with trust preferred securities qualifies for tier 1 capital treatment. At December 31, 2006, trust preferred securities included in tier 1 capital totaled $173.5 million. For further information regarding the regulatory capital of TSFG and its Subsidiary Banks, see Item 8, Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 17

Capital Ratios

	December 31, 2006		Well Capitalized Requirement
TSFG
Total risk-based capital	11.32	%	n/a
Tier 1 risk-based capital	9.77		n/a
Leverage ratio	8.34		n/a
Carolina First Bank
Total risk-based capital	11.53	%	10.00	%
Tier 1 risk-based capital	9.23		6.00
Leverage ratio	7.70		5.00
Mercantile Bank
Total risk-based capital	12.03	%	10.00	%
Tier 1 risk-based capital	9.11		6.00
Leverage ratio	8.07		5.00

On November 10, 2004, TSFG filed a “universal shelf” registration statement registering up to $750.0 million of securities to provide additional flexibility in managing capital levels, both in terms of debt and equity. No securities have been offered or sold under this shelf registration to date.

At December 31, 2006, TSFG’s tangible equity to tangible asset ratio was at 6.48%, an increase from 5.83% at December 31, 2005, primarily due to retention of earnings and the continued run-off of securities (which has contributed to lower tangible assets).

TSFG’s Subsidiary Banks are subject to certain regulatory restrictions on the amount of dividends they are permitted to pay. TSFG has paid a cash dividend each quarter since the initiation of cash dividends on February 1, 1994. TSFG presently intends to pay a quarterly cash dividend on its common stock; however, future dividends will depend upon TSFG’s financial performance and capital requirements.

TSFG, through a real estate investment trust subsidiary, had 898 mandatory redeemable preferred shares outstanding at December 31, 2006 with a stated value of $100,000 per share. At December 31, 2006, these preferred shares, which are reported as long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheet, totaled $89.9 million. Under Federal Reserve Board guidelines, $25.3 million, net of issuance costs, qualified as tier 1 capital, and $57.4 million, net of issuance costs, qualified as tier 2 capital. The terms for the preferred shares include certain asset coverage and cash flow tests, which if triggered, may prohibit TSFG’s real estate trust subsidiary from paying dividends to Carolina First Bank, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends to TSFG.

46

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is TSFG’s primary source of revenue. Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on assets, including loan fees and dividends on investment securities, and the interest incurred for the liabilities to support such assets. The net interest margin measures how effectively a company manages the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on funds used to support those assets. Fully tax-equivalent net interest income adjusts the yield for assets earning tax-exempt income to a comparable yield on a taxable basis based on a 35% marginal federal income tax rate. Table 18 presents average balance sheets and a net interest income analysis on a tax equivalent basis for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. Table 19 provides additional analysis of the effects of volume and rate on net interest income.

47

Table 18
Comparative Average Balances - Yields and Costs
(dollars in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2006						2005						2004
	Average Balance		Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate		Average Balance		Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate		Average Balance		Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate
Assets
Earning assets
Loans (1)	$	9,621,846	$	721,020	7.49	%	$	8,883,837	$	568,222	6.40	%	$	6,927,336	$	376,742	5.44	%
Investment securities, taxable (2)		2,628,947		124,850	4.75			4,000,697		173,657	4.34			3,876,099		157,171	4.05
Investment securities, nontaxable (2) (3)		414,438		19,722	4.76			387,654		17,297	4.46			282,103		12,446	4.41
Total investment securities		3,043,385		144,572	4.75			4,388,351		190,954	4.35			4,158,202		169,617	4.08
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing bank balances		27,641		1,511	5.47			35,768		1,175	3.29			16,413		229	1.40
Total earning assets		12,692,872	$	867,103	6.83			13,307,956	$	760,351	5.71			11,101,951	$	546,588	4.92
Non-earning assets		1,509,777						1,445,017						1,106,118
Total assets	$	14,202,649					$	14,752,973					$	12,208,069
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing checking	$	1,137,031	$	21,099	1.86		$	981,947	$	8,758	0.89		$	735,461	$	3,641	0.50
Savings		185,649		1,858	1.00			191,727		678	0.35			183,403		633	0.35
Money market		2,336,433		81,876	3.50			2,640,614		63,069	2.39			2,513,187		41,031	1.63
Time deposits, excluding brokered deposits		2,681,737		115,304	4.30			2,125,474		64,605	3.04			1,445,302		32,619	2.26
Total interest-bearing customer deposits (4)		6,340,850		220,137	3.47			5,939,762		137,110	2.31			4,877,353		77,924	1.60
Brokered deposits		1,401,369		71,155	5.08			1,346,608		59,579	4.42			983,831		46,944	4.77
Total interest-bearing deposits		7,742,219		291,292	3.76			7,286,370		196,689	2.70			5,861,184		124,868	2.13
Customer sweeps		349,963		15,241	4.36			320,965		8,746	2.72			252,196		2,474	0.98
Borrowings		2,993,210		152,296	5.09			4,193,133		139,806	3.33			3,782,326		79,049	2.09
Total interest-bearing liabilities		11,085,392	$	458,829	4.14			11,800,468	$	345,241	2.93			9,895,706	$	206,391	2.09
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits		1,386,792						1,345,344						1,038,182
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities		224,270						144,036						110,177
Total liabilities		12,696,454						13,289,848						11,044,065
Shareholders’ equity		1,506,195						1,463,125						1,164,004
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	14,202,649					$	14,752,973					$	12,208,069
Net interest income (tax equivalent)			$	408,274	3.22	%			$	415,110	3.12	%			$	340,197	3.06	%
Less: tax-equivalent adjustment (3)				6,903						6,054						4,356
Net interest income			$	401,371					$	409,056					$	335,841
Supplemental data:
Customer deposits (5)		7,727,642		220,137	2.85			7,285,106		137,110	1.88			5,915,535		77,924	1.32
Wholesale borrowings (6)		4,744,542		238,692	5.03			5,860,706		208,131	3.55			5,018,353		128,467	2.56
Total funding (7)		12,472,184		458,829	3.68			13,145,812		345,241	2.63			10,933,888		206,391	1.89

⁽¹⁾ Nonaccrual loans are included in average balances for yield computations.

⁽²⁾ The average balances for investment securities exclude the unrealized loss recorded for available for sale securities.

⁽³⁾ The tax-equivalent adjustment to net interest income adjusts the yield for assets earning tax-exempt income to a comparable yield on a taxable basis.

⁽⁴⁾ TSFG defines interest-bearing customer deposits as total interest-bearing deposits less brokered deposits.

⁽⁵⁾ Customer deposits include total deposits less brokered deposits.

⁽⁶⁾ Wholesale borrowings include borrowings and brokered deposits.

⁽⁷⁾ Total funding includes customer deposits and wholesale borrowings.

Note: Average balances are derived from daily balances.

48

Table 19
Rate/Volume Variance Analysis
(dollars in thousands)
	2006 Compared to 2005									2005 Compared to 2004
	Total Change			Change in Volume			Change in Rate			Total Change		Change in Volume		Change in Rate
Earning assets
Loans	$	152,798		$	49,846		$	102,952		$	191,480	$	117,945	$	73,535
Investment securities, taxable		(48,807	)		(63,939	)		15,132			16,486		5,164		11,322
Investment securities, nontaxable		2,425			1,236			1,189			4,851		4,708		143
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing bank balances		336			(312	)		648			946		440		506
Total interest income		106,752			(13,169	)		119,921			213,763		128,257		85,506
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing checking		12,341			1,574			10,767			5,117		1,509		3,608
Savings		1,180			(22	)		1,202			45		29		16
Money market		18,807			(7,936	)		26,743			22,038		2,175		19,863
Time deposits		50,699			19,620			31,079			31,986		18,416		13,570
Total interest-bearing customer deposits (1)		83,027			13,236			69,791			59,186		22,129		37,057
Brokered deposits		11,576			2,500			9,076			12,635		16,258		(3,623	)
Total interest-bearing deposits		94,603			15,736			78,867			71,821		38,387		33,434
Customer sweeps		6,495			861			5,634			6,272		1,330		4,942
Borrowings		12,490			(47,422	)		59,912			60,757		9,374		51,383
Total interest expense		113,588			(30,825	)		144,413			138,850		49,091		89,759
Net interest income	$	(6,836	)	$	17,656		$	(24,492	)	$	74,913	$	79,166	$	(4,253	)

⁽¹⁾ TSFG defines customer deposits as total deposits less brokered deposits.

Note: Changes that are not solely attributable to volume or rate have been allocated to volume and rate on a pro-rata basis.

Fully tax-equivalent net interest income decreased 1.6% to $408.3 million in 2006 from $415.1 million in 2005. During 2005, tax-equivalent net interest income excluded $10.4 million of income for the net cash settlement of interest rate swaps that did not meet the criteria for hedge accounting treatment. Instead, the net cash settlement of these interest rate swaps was recorded in noninterest income. If the impact of these net cash settlements was included in net interest income, tax-equivalent net interest income would have totaled $425.5 million for 2005. Adjusting the 2005 numbers for the net cash settlement described above, fully tax-equivalent net interest income for 2006 decreased $17.2 million to $408.3 million from $425.5 million in 2005.

TSFG’s average earning assets declined 4.6% to $12.7 billion for 2006 from $13.3 billion for 2005. Comparing 2006 with 2005, average earning assets included the following changes:

• $738.0 million increase, or 8.3%, in average loans from loan growth

• $1.3 billion decrease, or 30.6%, in average securities in connection with TSFG’s 2005 sales of securities as part of its balance sheet repositioning (see “Securities”) and subsequent decision not to reinvest its paydowns and maturing investment securities.

As a result of these actions, average loans as a percentage of average earning assets increased to 75.8% for 2006, up from 66.8% for 2005, improving the earning asset mix. At December 31, 2006,

49

approximately 63% of TSFG’s accruing loans were variable rate loans, the majority of which are tied to the prime rate. TSFG has entered into receive-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the forecasted interest income from certain prime-based commercial loans.

During the second quarter 2005, TSFG began repositioning its balance sheet by reducing investment securities and wholesale borrowings. Average investment securities for 2006 totaled $3.0 billion, down significantly from $4.4 billion at December 31, 2005. Accordingly, given the lower securities balances and the narrowing profitability of investment securities with higher short-term rates and the flattening yield curve, interest income from securities represented approximately 17% of TSFG’s total tax-equivalent interest income for 2006, down from approximately 25% for 2005.

The net interest margin for 2006 was 3.22%, compared with 3.12% for 2005 (or 3.20% including the net cash settlement of certain interest rate swaps mentioned above). Modest growth in average noninterest-bearing deposits, which increased 3.1% to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006 from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2005, contributed to the net interest margin increase. The yield on average earning assets increased 112 basis points, aided by improved loan yields, which were up 109 basis points. Average cost of funding increased by 105 basis points, partially from a 148 basis point increase in wholesale borrowing costs.

During 2006, TSFG’s net interest margin declined to 3.12% for the fourth quarter 2006 from 3.19% for third quarter 2006, 3.27% for second quarter 2006, and 3.29% for first quarter 2006. This margin compression reflects an ongoing change in industry trends, including customer preferences for higher-cost deposit categories and higher wholesale borrowing costs.

The Federal Reserve has increased the federal funds rate 4 times, by 25 basis points each time, since December 31, 2005. Furthermore, over the past year, short-term rates have increased more quickly than long-term rates, leading to a flattened/inverted yield curve.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses is recorded in amounts sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments to a level deemed appropriate by management. Management determines this amount based upon many factors, including its assessment of loan portfolio quality, loan growth, changes in loan portfolio composition, net loan charge-off levels, and expected economic conditions. The provision for credit losses was $32.8 million, $40.6 million, and $35.0 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The lower provision for credit losses in 2006 was primarily attributable to lower net loan charge-offs (down $5.5 million for the year), improved credit quality measures, and slower loan growth.

Net loan charge-offs were $26.4 million, or 0.28% of average loans held for investment in 2006, compared with $31.9 million, or 0.36% of average loans held for investment in 2005. The allowance for loan losses equaled 1.15% and 1.14% of loans held for investment as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. See “Loans,” “Credit Quality,” and “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

50

Noninterest Income

Table 20 shows the components of noninterest income during the three years ended December 31, 2006.

Table 20
Components of Noninterest Income
(dollars in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	45,041		$	42,645		$	36,332
Debit card income		8,269			6,548			4,211
Customer service fee income		4,467			4,049			2,956
Total customer fee income		57,777			53,242			43,499
Insurance income		12,025			7,447			4,520
Retail investment services		7,632			6,902			4,722
Trust and investment management income		6,124			4,819			3,779
Benefits administration fees		2,933			2,693			2,298
Total wealth management income		28,714			21,861			15,319
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps		—			(13,278	)		2,550
Net cash settlement of interest rate swaps		—			10,360			27,560
Gain (loss) on trading and certain other derivative activities		3,150			(335	)		3,209
Total gain (loss) on trading and derivative activities		3,150			(3,253	)		33,319
Merchant processing income		12,522			9,817			8,653
Bank-owned life insurance income		11,636			11,608			11,215
Mortgage banking income		8,155			7,434			6,106
Gain on equity investments		4,483			2,839			4,723
Gain on disposition of assets and liabilities		2,498			—			2,350
Loss on indirect auto loans		(5,129	)		—			—
(Loss) gain on sale of securities available for sale		(446	)		(54,978	)		6,998
Impairment of perpetual preferred stock		—			—			(10,367	)
Other		8,691			6,640			3,062
Total noninterest income	$	132,051		$	55,210		$	124,877

Total customer fee income rose 8.5% in 2006, compared with 2005. Service charges on deposit accounts, the largest component of customer fee income, rose 5.6% for the same period due primarily to increased treasury services analysis fee income, higher nonsufficient funds charges and returned check fees, and improved collection of these fees.

In 2006, wealth management income increased $6.9 million, or 31.3%. Wealth management income includes retail investment services, insurance income, trust and investment management income, and benefit administration fees. The increase in wealth management income was the result of increases throughout each of these categories, driven primarily by acquisitions and additions to the sales force.

In 2006, noninterest income included net gains on securities of $4.0 million compared to net losses of $52.1 million in 2005 attributable to the balance sheet repositioning undertaken in an effort to lower TSFG’s interest rate risk in a rising rate environment and its reliance on wholesale borrowings.

Noninterest income also included a gain on trading and derivative activities of $3.2 million in 2006 (see “Derivative Financial Instruments” for further detail on this line item), compared with a loss of $3.3

51

million in 2005. As a result of not having the proper hedge documentation in place upon inception of certain hedging relationships, TSFG was not able to apply hedge accounting under SFAS 133 for those hedges for most of 2005. As a result, the related derivative instrument’s gain or loss was included in noninterest income, with no offsetting fair value adjustment for the hedged item. This fair value adjustment was a loss of $13.3 million in 2005. Since these swaps were subsequently either terminated or redesignated under the “long-haul” method of assessing hedge effectiveness, the fair value adjustments for both the derivative and the hedged item are included in noninterest income in 2006.

Merchant processing income increased 27.6% in 2006 as a result of increased transactions. (See “Noninterest Expenses” for merchant processing expense, which increased 28.6%.)

In 2006, mortgage banking income increased 9.7% compared with 2005. Mortgage loan originations totaled $737.0 million, $827.4 million, and $513.1 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The increase in mortgage banking income was principally the result of a $514,000 gain on the sale of TSFG’s mortgage servicing rights portfolio in 2006. With this sale, TSFG no longer has any mortgage servicing rights on its balance sheet.

Table 21 shows the components of mortgage banking income for the three years ended December 31, 2006.

Table 21
Components of Mortgage Banking Income
(dollars in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
Origination income and secondary marketing operations	$	8,199		$	8,262		$	6,833
Mortgage servicing loss, net of related amortization and subservicing payments		(558	)		(828	)		(936	)
Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights		514			—			—
Recovery (impairment) on mortgage servicing rights		—			—			209
Total mortgage banking income	$	8,155		$	7,434		$	6,106

TSFG’s mortgage banking strategy is to sell most of the loans it originates in the secondary market with servicing rights released. However, during 2006 TSFG retained approximately $92.4 million of its mortgage loans in loans held for investment.

In June 2006, TSFG identified and sold $359.6 million of indirect auto loans originally classified as loans held for investment and recorded a $3.5 million loss on the sale. Indirect auto loan production after the sale was classified as held for sale at loan origination based on management’s intent to sell these loans. In 2006, TSFG recorded a loss on indirect auto loans of $5.1 million, which included lower of cost or market adjustments on the loans held for sale, losses on swaps economically hedging the anticipated monthly sale of the loans, and the $3.5 million loss on sale mentioned above. (See “Loans” for an explanation of the transfer to loans held for investment as of July 31, 2006.) TSFG retained servicing rights on indirect auto loans sold and received $1.1 million of servicing fees on these loans in 2006. The servicing fee income is included in other noninterest income.

Other noninterest income also includes income related to international banking services, wire transfer fees, overdraft protection fee income, internet banking fees, and gains/losses on disposition of other real estate owned/fixed assets.

Noninterest Expenses

TSFG has expanded within its targeted geographic footprint in the Southeast, both through organic growth and acquisitions. TSFG also makes strategic investments in its products and services and

52

technology systems. These factors contributed to TSFG’s increases in noninterest expense, which increased 3.7% in 2006. During the second quarter of 2005, TSFG acquired Pointe; the Koss Olinger group of companies, a wealth management advisory firm operating in North Florida; and Bowditch Insurance Corporation, a property and casualty company operating in Jacksonville, Florida. In the fourth quarter of 2005, TSFG acquired Lossing Insurance Agency, a property and casualty company operating in Ocala, Florida. The full impact of these acquisitions is reflected in noninterest expenses for 2006.

Table 22 shows the components of noninterest expenses.

Table 22
Components of Noninterest Expense
(dollars in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31,
	2006		2005		2004
Salaries and wages, excluding employment contract buyouts	$	134,743	$	117,850	$	89,141
Employee benefits		35,739		34,802		29,269
Occupancy		31,802		27,764		21,878
Furniture and equipment		25,216		23,301		20,938
Professional services		21,462		22,820		14,026
Merchant processing expense		10,215		7,943		6,811
Advertising and business development		9,894		8,627		6,318
Amortization of intangibles		8,775		8,637		6,043
Telecommunications		5,630		5,802		4,834
Employment contract buyouts		5,588		10,327		1,080
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		821		7,101		1,429
Merger-related costs		—		4,009		7,866
Contribution to foundation		—		683		—
Impairment loss (recovery) from write-down of assets		—		917		(277	)
Conservation grant of land		—		—		3,350
Other		50,200		47,470		37,538
Total noninterest expenses	$	340,085	$	328,053	$	250,244

Salaries, wages, and employee benefits (excluding employment contract buyouts) increased $17.8 million, or 11.7%, in 2006 after rising 28.9% in 2005. Full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2006 increased to 2,618 from 2,607 and 2,308 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Since late 2005, TSFG has invested in several key hires in an effort to strengthen its management team and has incurred additional salary expense in order to attract and retain this talent. The increase in personnel expense was also affected by higher incentive accruals under TSFG’s LTIP, and additional stock-based compensation expense from the adoption of SFAS 123R. The expense increase associated with the LTIP is a result of service awards approved by the board of directors during 2006. The discretionary nature of TSFG’s incentive accruals may result in increased volatility in personnel expense in future periods.

Occupancy and furniture and equipment expense increased 11.7% in 2006 primarily from TSFG’s acquisition of Pointe and additional de novo branches. The increase in merchant processing expense of 28.6% was in line with the increase in merchant processing income.

Advertising and business development increased 14.7%, primarily due to higher deposit campaign expenses.

During 2006, TSFG recognized a loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $821,000 related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with $38.1 million of subordinated notes, with interest rates ranging from 8.99% to 9.17%, which TSFG called for redemption. During 2005, TSFG

53

recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $7.1 million, primarily attributable to costs incurred to terminate certain structured repurchase agreement borrowings. See “Borrowed Funds.”

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate as a percentage of pretax income was 29.7% in 2006, 26.6% in 2005, and 31.6% in 2004. The 2006 and 2005 tax rates reflected a $5.2 million reduction in federal and state income taxes related to the settlement of certain tax matters and the effect of a $52.1 million loss on sale of securities, respectively. The blended statutory federal and state income tax rate was approximately 37.0% during all three periods. TSFG anticipates the effective income tax rate to increase to between 34% and 35% for 2007.

For further information concerning income tax expense, refer to Item 8, Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fourth Quarter Summary

Net income for the three months ended December 31, 2006 totaled $23.6 million, or $0.31 per diluted share, compared with a net loss of $16.4 million, or $(0.22) per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2005. During fourth quarter 2005, TSFG repositioned its balance sheet, realizing losses of $52.5 million on the sale of securities and a loss of $5.1 million on the early extinguishment of debt.

Fully tax-equivalent net interest income totaled $98.3 million, a decrease of $8.3 million, or 7.8%, compared with $106.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2005. Average earning assets decreased 6.4% principally as a result of the balance sheet repositioning in fourth quarter 2005 which lowered investment securities, partially offset by loan growth.

The net interest margin for fourth quarter 2006 was 3.12%, compared with 3.17% for fourth quarter 2005. The yield on average earning assets increased 92 basis points, aided by improved loan yields, but was more than offset by increased cost of funding. Average cost of funding increased by 102 basis points, partially from a 126 basis point increase in wholesale borrowing costs. Average noninterest-bearing deposits decreased to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2006 from $1.5 billion at December 31, 2005, a decrease of 11.1%. The fourth quarter 2006 net interest margin declined seven basis points to 3.12% from 3.19% for third quarter 2006, principally from higher funding costs related to an ongoing change in customer preference for higher-cost deposit categories and higher wholesale borrowing costs.

TSFG’s provision for credit losses was $8.8 million in fourth quarter 2006, compared with $10.8 million in fourth quarter 2005. The lower provision for credit losses was primarily attributable to lower loan growth. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans held for investment increased to 1.15% at December 31, 2006 from 1.14% at December 31, 2005. Nonperforming loans increased to $37.2 million at December 31, 2006, from $33.3 million at December 31, 2005. Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans held for investment increased to 0.38% at December 31, 2006 from 0.35% at December 31, 2005. Net loan charge-offs, annualized, as a percentage of average loans held for investment improved to 0.27% for the fourth quarter 2006 from 0.38% for the fourth quarter 2005.

Noninterest income totaled $32.8 million for fourth quarter 2006, compared to $37.9 million for third quarter 2006 and a loss of $25.0 million for fourth quarter 2005. Gain on derivative activities was $596,000 in fourth quarter 2006, compared to $3.9 million in third quarter 2006. In addition, third quarter 2006 included a $2.5 million gain on the sale of a branch. Fourth quarter 2005 included a $52.5 million loss on the sale of securities in conjunction with TSFG’s balance sheet repositioning.

Noninterest expenses decreased to $93.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to $101.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2005, due primarily to a decrease in employment contract buyouts (to

54

$5.0 million in fourth quarter 2006 from $10.0 million in fourth quarter 2005) and the loss on early extinguishment of debt (to $821,000 in fourth quarter 2006 from $5.1 million in fourth quarter 2005).

In the fourth quarter of 2006, the effective income tax rate was 12.9%. The fourth quarter 2006 tax rate reflected a $5.2 million reduction in federal and state income taxes related to the settlement of certain tax matters during the quarter. For the fourth quarter of 2005, the effective income tax rate was a benefit of 48.5%, the result of the fourth quarter loss.

Enterprise Risk Management

Risk, to varying degrees and in different forms, is present in virtually all business activities of a financial services organization. In certain activities, the bank proactively assumes risk as a means of generating revenue, while in other activities risk arises by virtue of engaging in that activity. The primary goals of risk management are to ensure that (1) the outcomes of risk-taking activities are within TSFG’s risk tolerance, and (2) that there is an appropriate balance between risk and reward to maximize shareholder returns.

Several key principles guide risk and capital management on an enterprise-wide basis. The active participation of executive and business line management in the risk management process ensures consistency with risk-taking activities and integrity with these principles which, in varying forms, apply to all business and risk types:

• Board oversight—The Board approves risk strategies, policies and associated limits; and the Board directly, or through its Risk Review and Capital Committee, receives regular updates on the key risks to TSFG and its corporate risk profile.

• Decision-making—The Enterprise Risk Management Group, in conjunction with the related business unit and control functions, designs information processing systems for decision-making to ensure alignment of business objectives, risk tolerance, and resources and to confirm that there is a balance between risk and reward for business line management.

• Accountability—Business units are responsible for managing risks within their areas, and the Risk Policy Committee allocates economic capital in line with their risk profiles.

• Monitoring—Management optimizes risks within the policies and associated limits approved by the Board of Directors. Business unit management is responsible for monitoring limits within the policies set by the Board of Directors. The Enterprise Risk Management Group is provides an independent source of measuring and monitoring of these risks.

• Independent review—All significant risk-taking activities are subject to oversight by the Risk Policy Committee, the Enterprise Risk Management Group, and other units independent of the business lines that generate the risk.

• Audit review—Internal Audit reports independently to the Audit Committee of the Board on the effectiveness of risk management procedures and on the extent to which internal controls are in place and being followed.

Management optimizes risks within the policies and parameters approved by the Board of Directors and in accordance with a robust and comprehensive governance structure.

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Conduct, Code of Ethics for Senior Executive and Financial Officers, Whistleblower Policy, and charters for Board Committees are accessible at no cost on TSFG’s web site, www.thesouthgroup.com, through the Investor Relations link.

Market Risk and Asset/Liability Management

Market Risk Management. We refer to “market risk” as the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices of fixed income securities, equity securities, other earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities, and derivative financial instruments as a result of changes in interest rates or other factors. TSFG’s market

55

risk arises principally from interest rate risk inherent in its core banking activities. Interest rate risk is the risk of a change in earnings or equity represented by the impact of potential changes in market interest rates, both short-term and long-term, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:

• assets and liabilities (including derivative positions) may mature or reprice at different times;

• assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts;

• short-term and long-term interest rates may change by different amounts;

• remaining maturities of assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change;

• the fair value of assets and liabilities may adjust by varying amounts; and

• changes in interest rates may have an indirect impact on loan and deposit demand, credit quality, and other sources of earnings.

TSFG has risk management policies and systems which attempt to monitor and limit exposure to interest rate risk. Specifically, TSFG manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by our Subsidiary Banks Joint Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”), reviewed by the Subsidiary Banks’ Joint Investment Committee, and approved by the Subsidiary Banks Board of Directors. A primary goal of ALCO is to monitor and limit exposure to interest rate risk through implementation of various strategies. These strategies include positioning the balance sheet to minimize fluctuations in income associated with interest rate risk, while maintaining adequate liquidity and capital. As of December 31, 2006, the overall interest rate risk position of TSFG and its Subsidiary Banks fell within risk guidelines established by ALCO.

In evaluating interest rate risk, TSFG uses a simulation model to analyze various interest rate scenarios, which take into account potential changes in the shape of the yield curve, forward interest rates implied by current yield curves, and immediate and gradual interest rate shocks. ALCO assesses interest rate risk by comparing the base case scenario results to the various interest rate scenarios. The variations of net income and economic value of equity (“EVE”), as compared with our base case, provide insight into our interest rate risk exposures.

The assumptions used in this process possess an inherent uncertainty and the balance sheet is held constant in the analysis. As a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net income or the fair value of net assets. Actual results may differ significantly from our projections, due to, but not limited to the following:

• the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes;

• changes in market conditions;

• differences in the yields on earning assets and costs of interest-bearing liabilities; and

• actions taken by TSFG to counter such changing market conditions.

Interest Sensitivity Analysis. The information presented in Tables 23 and 24 are not projections, and are presented with static balance sheet positions. This methodology allows for an analysis of our inherent risk associated with changes in interest rates. There are some similar assumptions used in both Table 23 and 24. These include, but are not limited to, the following:

• interest rate scenarios that assume an instantaneous and parallel change in interest rates along the entire yield curve;

• a static balance sheet for net income analysis;

• as assets and liabilities mature or reprice they are reinvested at current rates and keep the same characteristics (i.e., remain as either variable or fixed rate) for net income analysis;

• mortgage backed securities prepayments are based on historical industry data;

• loan prepayments are based upon historical bank-specific analysis and historical industry data;

• deposit retention and average lives are based on historical bank-specific analysis;

• whether callable/puttable assets and liabilities are called/put are based on the implied forward yield curve for each interest rate scenario; and

• management takes no action to counter any change.

56

Table 23 reflects the sensitivity of net income to changes in interest rates. It shows the effect that the indicated changes in interest rates would have on net income over the next twelve months compared with the base case or flat interest rate scenario. The base case or flat scenario assumes interest rates stay at December 31, 2006 and 2005 levels, respectively.

Table 23
Net Income at Risk Analysis
	Annualized Hypothetical Percentage Change in Net Income
	Gradual Rate Change December 31,		Immediate Rate Change December 31,
	2006		2006		2005
Interest Rate Scenario
2.00% (1)	(2.0	)%	(8.0	)%	6.9	%
1.00 (1)	(0.8	)	(3.5	)	3.8
Flat	—		—		—
(1.00) (1)	1.3		3.0		(8.2	)
(2.00) (1)	2.3		(0.3	)	(28.2	)

⁽¹⁾ For year-end 2005, the rising 100 and 200 basis points and falling 100 and 200 basis points interest rate scenarios assume an immediate and parallel change in interest rates along the entire yield curve. For year-end 2006, net income sensitivity is shown for both immediate and gradual rate shifts over a 12 month period. For future periods, management’s primary focus regarding net income sensitivity will be on gradual rate shifts, which TSFG views as more appropriate given the optionality in its balance sheet.

Table 24 reflects the sensitivity of the EVE to changes in interest rates. EVE is a measurement of the inherent, long-term economic value of TSFG (defined as the fair value of all assets minus the fair value of all liabilities and their associated off balance sheet amounts) at a given point in time. Table 24 shows the effect that the indicated changes in interest rates would have on the fair value of net assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, compared with the base case or flat interest rate scenario. The base case scenario assumes interest rates stay at December 31, 2006 and 2005 levels, respectively.

Table 24
Economic Value of Equity Risk Analysis
	Annualized Hypothetical Percentage Change in Economic Value of Equity December 31,
	2006		2005
Interest Rate Scenario
2.00% (1)	(13.0	)%	(6.4	)%
1.00 (1)	(6.3	)	(1.5	)
Flat	—		—
(1.00) (1)	3.4		(3.2	)
(2.00) (1)	(2.1	)	(13.9	)

⁽¹⁾ The rising 100 and 200 basis points and falling 100 and 200 basis point interest rate scenarios assume an immediate and parallel change in interest rates along the entire yield curve.

The improved risk profile versus December 31, 2005 was due primarily to the reduction in investment securities and wholesale borrowings during the fourth quarter 2005, continued securities

57

runoff in 2006, the replacement of recently terminated puttable funding with non-puttable borrowings, a recent interest rate floor purchase, and modeling refinements. During the fourth quarter 2006, we successfully converted to a more advanced asset/liability management system, which will enhance our ability to measure and manage interest rate risk and liquidity risk. In addition, TSFG continually refines the modeling process through the use of more precise model assumptions. Revisions to assumptions related to such areas as loan prepayments and non-maturity deposit lives also contributed to changes in the risk profile versus 2005.

There are material limitations with TSFG’s models presented in Tables 23 and 24, which include, but are not limited to, the following:

• the flat scenarios are base case and are not indicative of historical results;

• they do not project an increase or decrease in net income or the fair value of net assets, but rather the risk to net income and the fair value of net assets because of changes in interest rates;

• they present the balance sheet in a static position; however, when assets and liabilities mature or reprice, they do not necessarily keep the same characteristics (i.e., variable or fixed interest rate);

• the computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results; and

• the computations do not contemplate any additional actions TSFG could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities. TSFG uses derivative instruments as part of its interest rate risk management activities to reduce risks associated with its lending, investment, deposit taking, and borrowing activities. Derivatives used for interest rate risk management include various interest rate swaps, an interest rate floor, options, and futures contracts.

By using derivative instruments, TSFG is exposed to credit and market risk. Derivative credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty to a derivative instrument will fail to perform, is equal to the extent of the fair value gain in a derivative. Derivative credit risk is created when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, since this generally indicates that the counterparty owes us. When the fair value of a derivative is negative, no credit risk exists since TSFG would owe the counterparty. TSFG minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties as evaluated by management. In addition, many derivative contracts include a Credit Support Annex, which can require that securities be pledged to mitigate this credit risk. Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument from a change in interest rates, or implied volatility of rates. TSFG manages the market risk associated with derivative contracts by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. The market risk associated with derivatives used for interest rate risk management activity is fully incorporated into our market risk sensitivity analysis.

In accordance with SFAS 133, TSFG records derivatives at fair value, as either assets or liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheets, included in other assets or other liabilities. See Table 12 for the fair value of TSFG’s derivative assets and liabilities and their related notional amounts. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheets and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instrument. The notional amount is not exchanged, but is used only as the basis upon which interest and other payments are calculated.

Economic Risk

TSFG’s performance is impacted by U.S. and particularly Southeastern economic conditions, and as non-U.S. companies continue to move into TSFG’s footprint, by international economic circumstances.

58

This includes the level of interest rates, price compression, competition, bankruptcy filings and unemployment rates, as well as political and international policies, regulatory guidelines and general developments. TSFG remains diversified in its products and customers and continues to monitor the economic situations in all areas of operations to achieve growth and limit risk.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the potential for financial loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honor its financial or contractual obligation. Credit risk arises in many of TSFG’s business activities, most prominently in its lending activities, derivative activities, ownership of debt securities, and when TSFG acts as an intermediary on behalf of its customers and other third parties. TSFG has a risk management system designed to help ensure compliance with its policies and control processes. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments” and “Credit Quality.”

Liquidity Risks

TSFG’s business is also subject to liquidity risk, which arises in the normal course of business. TSFG’s liquidity risk is that we will be unable to meet a financial commitment to a customer, creditor, or investor when due. See “Liquidity.”

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems, or external events. It includes reputation and franchise risks associated with business practices or market conduct that TSFG may undertake. TSFG has an operational risk management system with policies and procedures designed to help limit our operational risks.

Managing merger integration risk is a key component of TSFG’s operational risk management. A significant resource commitment is made to manage such integration risk. For each significant acquisition, TSFG establishes a steering committee, which includes the bank president, key members of finance, and key members of technology, for oversight of the integration process. In addition, an integration team is comprised of managers from all affected departments. Finally, a project team of dedicated resources is established to manage our merger-task list, monitor risks, host regular meetings, coordinate information-sharing, and make on-site visits to the acquiree.

Compliance and Litigation Risks

TSFG is a public company in a heavily regulated industry. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations can result in monetary penalties and/or prohibition from conducting certain types of activities. Furthermore, TSFG’s conduct of business may result in litigation associated with contractual disputes or other alleged liability to third parties.

TSFG’s regulatory compliance risk is managed by our compliance group. This group works with our business lines regularly monitoring activities and evaluating policies and procedures. See Item 1, “Supervision and Regulation” for some of the laws and regulations which impact TSFG and its subsidiaries. TSFG has policies and control processes that are designed to help ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations and limit litigation. These policies and control processes comply with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other regulatory guidance.

TSFG’s Audit Committee and Disclosure Committee help to ensure compliance with financial reporting matters. TSFG’s Audit Committee is involved in the following: selecting the independent

59

auditor, communicating with the independent auditor, reviewing the financial statements and the results of the financial statement audit, monitoring the performance of the independent auditor, and monitoring the work of the internal audit function. The Audit Committee has chartered a Disclosure Committee to help ensure that TSFG’s internal controls and reporting systems are sufficient to satisfy compliance with disclosure requirements related to TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of operations, TSFG engages in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are not recorded in the financial statements, or are recorded in amounts that differ from the notional amounts. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used by TSFG for general corporate purposes or for customer needs. Corporate purpose transactions are used to help manage credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk or to optimize capital. Customer transactions are used to manage customers’ requests for funding.

Lending Commitments. Lending commitments include loan commitments, standby letters of credit, unused business credit card lines, and documentary letters of credit. These instruments are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet until funds are advanced under the commitments. TSFG provides these lending commitments to customers in the normal course of business. TSFG estimates probable losses related to binding unfunded lending commitments and records a reserve for unfunded lending commitments in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

For commercial customers, loan commitments generally take the form of revolving credit arrangements to finance customers’ working capital requirements. For retail customers, loan commitments are generally lines of credit secured by residential property. At December 31, 2006, commercial and retail loan commitments totaled $2.2 billion. Documentary letters of credit are typically issued in connection with customers’ trade financing requirements and totaled $944,000 at December 31, 2006. Unused business credit card lines, which totaled $28.4 million at December 31, 2006, are generally for short-term borrowings.

Standby letters of credit represent an obligation of TSFG to a third party contingent upon the failure of TSFG’s customer to perform under the terms of an underlying contract with the third party. The underlying contract may entail either financial or nonfinancial obligations and may involve such things as the customer’s delivery of merchandise, completion of a construction contract, release of a lien, or repayment of an obligation. Under the terms of a standby letter, drafts will be generally drawn only when the underlying event fails to occur as intended. TSFG has legal recourse to its customers for amounts paid, and these obligations are secured or unsecured, depending on the customers’ creditworthiness. Commitments under standby letters of credit are usually for one year or less. TSFG evaluates its obligation to perform as a guarantor and records reserves as deemed necessary. The maximum potential amount of undiscounted future payments related to standby letters of credit at December 31, 2006 was $177.9 million.

TSFG applies essentially the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments. See Item 8, Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding lending commitments.

Derivatives. In accordance with SFAS 133, TSFG records derivatives at fair value, as either assets or liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheets. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheets and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instrument. The notional amount is not exchanged, but is used only as the basis upon which interest and other payments are calculated.

60

See “Derivative Financial Instruments” under “Balance Sheet Review” for additional information regarding derivatives.

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that adequate funds are available to meet deposit withdrawals, fund loan and capital expenditure commitments, maintain reserve requirements, pay operating expenses, provide funds for dividends and debt service, manage operations on an ongoing basis, and capitalize on new business opportunities. Funds are primarily provided by the Subsidiary Banks through customers’ deposits, wholesale borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans, loan sales, sales of securities available for sale, maturities and paydowns of securities, and earnings. Securities classified as available for sale, which are not pledged, may be sold in response to changes in interest rates or liquidity needs. A significant portion of TSFG’s securities are pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowings, repurchase agreements and public funds deposits. Management believes that cash flows from investments, in addition to its available borrowing capacity and efforts to grow deposits, are sufficient to provide the necessary funding for 2007.

In managing its liquidity needs, TSFG focuses on its existing assets and liabilities, as well as its ability to enter into additional borrowings, and on the manner in which they combine to provide adequate liquidity to meet its needs. Table 25 summarizes future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006. Table 25 does not include payments which may be required under employment and deferred compensation agreements (see Item 8, Note 26 of the Consolidated Financial Statements). In addition, Table 25 does not include payments required for interest and income taxes (see Item 8, Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for details on interest and income taxes paid for 2006).

Table 25
Contractual Obligations
(dollars in thousands)
	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		4-5 Years		After 5 Years
Time deposits	$	4,411,102	$	2,644,467	$	487,076	$	503,763	$	775,796
Short-term borrowings		1,768,719		1,768,719		—		—		—
Long-term debt		1,128,812		269		182,954		143,180		802,409
Operating leases		184,508		18,906		34,964		25,993		104,645
Total contractual cash obligations	$	7,493,141	$	4,432,361	$	704,994	$	672,936	$	1,682,850

Net cash provided by operations and deposits from customers have been the primary sources of liquidity for TSFG. TSFG is focusing additional efforts aimed at acquiring new deposits through the Subsidiary Banks’ established branch network to enhance liquidity and reduce reliance on wholesale borrowing. Liquidity needs are a factor in developing the Subsidiary Banks’ deposit pricing structure, which may be altered to retain or grow deposits if deemed necessary.

The Subsidiary Banks currently have the ability to borrow from the FHLB and maintain short-term lines of credit from unrelated banks. FHLB advances outstanding as of December 31, 2006, totaled $503.1 million. At December 31, 2006, the Subsidiary Banks had excess collateral of $40.0 million to support additional FHLB advances, subject to adjustments regarding acceptability by the FHLB. TSFG funds its short-term needs principally with deposits, including brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, FHLB advances, and the principal run-off on securities available for sale. In addition, the Subsidiary Banks may purchase securities or may repay repurchase agreements to provide additional FHLB-qualifying collateral. At December 31, 2006, the Subsidiary Banks had unused short-term lines of credit totaling $1.7 billion (which may be canceled at the lender’s option).

61

The Federal Reserve Bank provides back-up funding for commercial banks. Collateralized borrowing relationships with the Federal Reserve Banks of Richmond and Atlanta are in place for the Subsidiary Banks to meet emergency funding needs. At December 31, 2006, the Subsidiary Banks had qualifying collateral to secure advances up to $674.7 million, of which none was outstanding.

At December 31, 2006, the parent company had three short-term lines of credit totaling $35.0 million. These lines of credit mature May 14, 2007 for $15.0 million, June 30, 2007 for $10.0 million, and November 14, 2007 for $10.0 million. No amounts were outstanding under these lines of credit at December 31, 2006 or during the year 2006.

TSFG, principally through the Subsidiary Banks, enters into agreements in the normal course of business to extend credit to meet the financial needs of its customers. For amounts and types of such agreements at December 31, 2006, see “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.” Increased demand for funds under these agreements would reduce TSFG’s available liquidity and could require additional sources of liquidity.

On March 17, 2006, TSFG acquired approximately 68 acres of land in Greenville County, South Carolina for the purpose of developing a corporate campus to consolidate existing office space and to meet TSFG’s future facility needs. TSFG expects the cost of this project to approximate $100 million, less certain economic incentives awarded by the state, city, and county governments. (See “Expanded Corporate Facilities” for further details.)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Share-Based Compensation

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R (“SFAS 123R”), “Share-Based Payment,” which requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees. SFAS 123R is an amendment of SFAS No. 123 (“SFAS 123”), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and its related implementation guidance. SFAS 123R does not change the accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees provided in SFAS 123. Under SFAS 123R, the way an award is classified will affect the measurement of compensation cost. Liability-classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each balance-sheet date until the award is settled. Equity-classified awards are measured at grant-date fair value, amortized over the subsequent vesting period, and are not subsequently remeasured. The fair value of non-vested stock awards for the purposes of recognizing stock-based compensation expense is the market price of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (see Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

At December 31, 2006, TSFG had several share-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Prior to January 1, 2006, TSFG accounted for its option plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations (“APB Opinion 25”), as permitted by SFAS 123. No stock-based employee compensation cost was recognized in net income related to these stock options for the year ended December 31, 2005, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Effective January 1, 2006, TSFG adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. Under that method of transition, compensation cost recognized in 2006 includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of Statement 123R. Since this compensation cost is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary,

62

in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. TSFG has elected to expense future grants of awards with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award. Results for prior periods have not been restated.

As a result of applying the provisions of SFAS 123R during 2006, TSFG recognized additional share-based compensation expense related to stock options and stock appreciation rights of $3.7 million, or $3.4 million net of tax. The increase in share-based compensation expense resulted in a $0.05 decrease in basic earnings per share and a $0.04 decrease in diluted earnings per share during 2006.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, TSFG presented all tax benefits resulting from share-based compensation as cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. SFAS 123R requires cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the grant-date fair value of share-based awards to be included in cash flows from financing activities. Cash flows from financing activities for 2006 included $1.6 million in cash inflows from excess tax benefits related to stock compensation. TSFG has elected the “short-cut method” to determine the pool of windfall tax benefits.

Prior Year Misstatements

In September 2006, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB 108 was issued in order to eliminate the diversity of practice surrounding how public companies quantify financial statement misstatements.

Traditionally, there have been two widely-recognized methods for quantifying the effects of financial statement misstatements: the “roll-over” method and the “iron curtain” method. The roll-over method focuses primarily on the impact of a misstatement on the income statement—including the reversing effect of prior year misstatements—but its use can lead to the accumulation of misstatements in the balance sheet. The iron-curtain method, on the other hand, focuses primarily on the effect of correcting the period-end balance sheet with less emphasis on the reversing effects of prior year errors on the income statement. Prior to application of the guidance in SAB 108, TSFG used the roll-over method for quantifying financial statement misstatements.

In SAB 108, the SEC staff established an approach that requires quantification of financial statement misstatements based on the effects of the misstatements on each of the company’s financial statements and the related financial statement disclosures. This model is commonly referred to as a “dual approach” because it requires quantification of errors under both the iron curtain and the roll-over methods.

SAB 108 permits existing public companies to initially apply its provisions either by (i) restating prior financial statements as if the “dual approach” had always been applied or (ii) recording the cumulative effect of initially applying the “dual approach” as adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2006 with an offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. TSFG elected to record the effects of applying SAB 108 using the cumulative effect transition method. The following table summarizes the effects (up to January 1, 2006) of applying the guidance in SAB 108 (in thousands):

				Period in which the Misstatement Originated
	Adjustment Recorded as of January 1, 2006			Year Ended December 31,						Cumulative Prior to January 1, 2004
				2005			2004
Increase in accrued rent payable	$	5,270		$	611		$	957		$	3,702
Deferred income taxes		(1,858	)		(215	)		(338	)		(1,305	)
Decrease in retained earnings	$	3,412		$	396		$	619		$	2,397

63

TSFG had previously quantified these errors under the roll-over method and concluded that they were immaterial—individually and in the aggregate. The Company was not recognizing rent expense for several leases using the straight-line method as required by generally accepted accounting principles. As a result of this error, rent expense was understated and provision for income taxes was overstated as detailed in the table above.

Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158 (“SFAS 158”), “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132-R.” SFAS 158 requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial condition the funded status of its defined benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation. SFAS 158 also requires an entity to recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan within accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, to the extent such changes are not recognized in earnings as components of periodic net benefit cost. SFAS 158 is effective as of the end of the fiscal year ending after December 15, 2006. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on TSFG’s shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance

In September 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF on Issue No. 06-5, “Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance.” FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4 requires that the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract as of the date of the statement of financial position should be reported as an asset. Since the issuance of FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, there has been diversity in practice in the calculation of the amount that could be realized under insurance contracts. Issue No. 06-5 concludes that the Company should consider any additional amounts (e.g., cash stabilization reserves and deferred acquisition cost taxes) included in the contractual terms of the insurance policy other than the cash surrender value in determining the amount that could be realized in accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4. TSFG will adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2007 and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

In July 2006, the FASB released FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income tax law. This Interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. TSFG will adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2007 and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156 (“SFAS 156”), “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets -an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140,” which simplifies the accounting for servicing rights and reduces the volatility that results from the use of different measurement attributes for servicing rights and the related financial instruments used to economically hedge risks associated with those servicing rights. SFAS 156 clarifies when to separately account for servicing rights, requires separately recognized servicing rights to be initially measured at fair value, and provides the option to subsequently account for those servicing rights (by class) at either fair value or under the amortization method previously

64

required under FASB Statement No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” TSFG will adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2007 and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 (“SFAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial assets and liabilities would be recognized in earnings when they occur. SFAS 159 further establishes certain additional disclosure requirements. SFAS 159 is effective for TSFG’s financial statements for the year beginning on January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 (“SFAS 157”), “Fair Value Measurements,” which defines fair value, establishes guidelines for measuring fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155 (“SFAS 155”), “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140.” SFAS 155 permits an entity to measure at fair value any financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. In December 2006, the FASB issued a narrow exception to SFAS 155 in the form of a Derivative Implementation Guide that would exempt most securitized financial instruments that are subject to prepayment from the bifurcation requirements of SFAS 155 and SFAS 133. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

See “Enterprise Risk Management” in Item 7, and Item 8, Notes 8, 14, and 29, for quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

65

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

MANAGEMENT’S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

Management of The South Financial Group, Inc. (“TSFG”) and subsidiaries is committed to quality customer service, enhanced shareholder value, financial stability, and integrity in all dealings. Management has prepared the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The statements include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Other financial information in this report is consistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements. Both the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have certified that TSFG’s 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K fully complies with the applicable sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information reported therein fairly represents, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of TSFG.

In meeting its responsibility, management relies on its internal control structure that is supplemented by a program of internal audits. The internal control structure is designed to provide reasonable assurance that financial records are reliable for preparing financial statements and maintaining accountability for assets, and that assets are safeguarded against unauthorized use or disposition. See “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” that follows for additional discussion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited TSFG’s Consolidated Financial Statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of TSFG’s internal control over financial reporting in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP reviews the results of its audit with both management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of TSFG. The Consolidated Financial Statements have not been reviewed, or confirmed for accuracy or relevance, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

The Audit Committee, composed entirely of independent directors, meets periodically with management, TSFG’s internal auditors and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (separately and jointly) to discuss audit, financial reporting and related matters. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the internal auditors have direct access to the Audit Committee.

Mack I. Whittle, Jr.	Timothy K. Schools
President and	Executive Vice President
Chief Executive Officer	and Chief Financial Officer

66

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of The South Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (“TSFG”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. TSFG’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to TSFG’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

TSFG’s management assessed the effectiveness of TSFG’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2006, TSFG’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

TSFG’s independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. This attestation report “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” appears on pages 68 and 69.

Mack I. Whittle, Jr	Timothy K. Schools
President and	Executive Vice President
Chief Executive Officer	and Chief Financial Officer

67

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

The South Financial Group, Inc.:

We have completed an integrated audit of The South Financial Group, Inc.’s 2006 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audit, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flow present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The South Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and

68

dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Charlotte, North Carolina

February 28, 2007

69

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

The South Financial Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The South Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The South Financial Group. Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Greenville, South Carolina

March 10, 2006

70

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

	December 31,
	2006			2005
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	326,567		$	341,195
Interest-bearing bank balances		31,264			21,510
Securities
Trading		—			1,402
Available for sale		2,743,456			3,095,567
Held to maturity (market value $52,101 in 2006 and $62,697 in 2005)		52,308			62,648
Total securities		2,795,764			3,159,617
Loans held for sale		28,556			37,171
Loans held for investment		9,701,867			9,439,395
Less: Allowance for loan losses		(111,663	)		(107,767	)
Net loans held for investment		9,590,204			9,331,628
Premises and equipment, net		219,163			193,574
Accrued interest receivable		77,523			70,838
Goodwill		650,492			647,907
Other intangible assets		35,076			43,851
Other assets		455,907			471,994
	$	14,210,516		$	14,319,285
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Liabilities
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing	$	1,280,908		$	1,458,914
Interest-bearing		8,235,832			7,775,523
Total deposits		9,516,740			9,234,437
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		1,421,099			1,421,301
Other short-term borrowings		347,620			53,064
Long-term debt		1,130,475			1,922,151
Accrued interest payable		68,940			54,401
Other liabilities		163,610			147,024
Total liabilities		12,648,484			12,832,378
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)		—			—
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock-no par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding none		—			—
Common stock-par value $1 per share; authorized 200,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 75,341,276 shares in 2006 and 74,721,461 shares in 2005		75,341			74,721
Surplus		1,167,685			1,151,005
Retained earnings		367,261			309,768
Guarantee of employee stock ownership plan debt and nonvested restricted stock		(151	)		(2,687	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		(48,104	)		(45,900	)
Total shareholders’ equity		1,562,032			1,486,907
	$	14,210,516		$	14,319,285

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are an integral part of these statements.

71

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2006		2005			2004
Interest Income
Interest and fees on loans	$	721,020	$	568,222		$	376,742
Interest and dividends on securities:
Taxable		124,850		173,657			157,171
Exempt from federal income taxes		12,819		11,243			8,090
Total interest and dividends on securities		137,669		184,900			165,261
Interest on short-term investments		1,511		1,175			229
Total interest income		860,200		754,297			542,232
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits		291,292		196,689			124,868
Interest on short-term borrowings		86,524		49,381			18,908
Interest on long-term debt		81,013		99,171			62,615
Total interest expense		458,829		345,241			206,391
Net Interest Income		401,371		409,056			335,841
Provision for Credit Losses		32,789		40,592			34,987
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		368,582		368,464			300,854
Noninterest Income		132,051		55,210			124,877
Noninterest Expenses		340,085		328,053			250,244
Income before income taxes and discontinued operations		160,548		95,621			175,487
Income taxes		47,682		25,404			55,489
Income from continuing operations		112,866		70,217			119,998
Discontinued operations, net of income tax		—		(396	)		(490	)
Net Income	$	112,866	$	69,821		$	119,508
Average Common Shares Outstanding, Basic		74,940		73,307			64,592
Average Common Shares Outstanding, Diluted		75,543		74,595			66,235
Per Common Share, Basic
Income from continuing operations	$	1.51	$	0.96		$	1.86
Discontinued operations		—		(0.01	)		(0.01	)
Net income	$	1.51	$	0.95		$	1.85
Per Common Share, Diluted
Income from continuing operations	$	1.49	$	0.94		$	1.81
Discontinued operations		—		—			(0.01	)
Net income	$	1.49	$	0.94		$	1.80

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are an integral part of these statements.

72

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES

IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Shares of Common Stock		Common Stock			Surplus			Retained Earnings and Other*			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total
Balance, December 31, 2003	59,064,375		$	59,064		$	712,788		$	207,593		$	(7,146	)	$	972,299
Net income	—			—			—			119,508			—			119,508
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $6,667	—			—			—			—			(11,350	)		(11,350	)
Comprehensive income	—			—			—			—			—			108,158
Cash dividends declared ($0.61 per common share)	—			—			—			(41,594	)		—			(41,594	)
Common stock activity:
Acquisitions	10,754,557			10,754			318,733			241			—			329,728
Exercise of stock options, including income tax benefit of $5,421	1,098,105			1,098			17,042			—			—			18,140
Dividend reinvestment plan	117,660			118			3,135			—			—			3,253
Restricted stock plan	197,607			198			3,901			(1,478	)		—			2,621
Employee stock purchase plan	11,393			11			306			—			—			317
Director compensation	8,659			9			240			—			—			249
Common stock purchased by trust for deferred compensation	—			—			—			(750	)		—			(750	)
Deferred compensation payable in common stock	—			—			—			750			—			750
Miscellaneous	(10	)		—			40			249			—			289
Balance, December 31, 2004	71,252,346			71,252			1,056,185			284,519			(18,496	)		1,393,460
Net income	—			—			—			69,821			—			69,821
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $16,015	—			—			—			—			(27,404	)		(27,404	)
Comprehensive income	—			—			—			—			—			42,417
Cash dividends declared ($0.65 per common share)	—			—			—			(48,055	)		—			(48,055	)
Common stock activity:
Acquisitions	2,341,462			2,341			75,054			241			—			77,636
Exercise of stock options, including income tax benefit of $4,306	890,757			891			14,500			—			—			15,391
Dividend reinvestment plan	129,176			129			3,335			—			—			3,464
Restricted stock plan	75,218			75			899			314			—			1,288
Employee stock purchase plan	17,903			18			458			—			—			476
Director compensation	14,599			15			413			—			—			428
Common stock purchased by trust for deferred compensation	—			—			—			(503	)		—			(503	)
Deferred compensation payable in common stock	—			—			—			503			—			503
Miscellaneous	—			—			161			241			—			402
Balance, December 31, 2005	74,721,461			74,721			1,151,005			307,081			(45,900	)		1,486,907
Net income	—			—			—			112,866			—			112,866
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $1,272	—			—			—			—			(2,204	)		(2,204	)
Comprehensive income	—			—			—			—			—			110,662
Cash dividends declared ($0.69 per common share)	—			—			—			(51,960	)		—			(51,960	)
Common stock activity:
Acquisitions	4,991			5			68			—			—			73
Exercise of stock options, including income tax benefit of $1,612	459,317			460			8,111			—			—			8,571
Dividend reinvestment plan	127,303			127			3,092			—			—			3,219
Restricted stock plan	(8,988	)		(9	)		3,178			—			—			3,169
Employee stock purchase plan	19,057			19			460			—			—			479
Director compensation	18,135			18			461			—			—			479
Common stock released by trust for deferred compensation	—			—			—			289			—			289
Deferred compensation payable in common stock	—			—			—			(289	)		—			(289	)
Cumulative effect of initial application of SAB 108	—			—			—			(3,412	)		—			(3,412	)
Reversal of unearned compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123R	—			—			(2,301	)		2,301			—			—
Stock option expense	—			—			3,483			—			—			3,483
Miscellaneous	—			—			128			234			—			362
Balance, December 31, 2006	75,341,276		$	75,341		$	1,167,685		$	367,110		$	(48,104	)	$	1,562,032

* Other includes guarantee of employee stock ownership plan debt, deferred compensation, and (prior to January 1, 2006) nonvested restricted stock.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are an integral part of these statements.

73

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net income	$	112,866		$	69,821		$	119,508
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion, net		40,504			48,973			50,112
Provision for credit losses		32,789			40,592			34,987
Share-based compensation expense		6,418			1,720			2,870
Loss on indirect auto loans		5,129			—			—
Loss (gain) on sale of available for sale securities		446			54,978			(6,998	)
Gain on equity investments		(4,483	)		(2,839	)		(4,723	)
(Gain) loss on trading and certain derivative activities		(3,150	)		13,613			(5,759	)
Gain on disposition of assets and liabilities		(2,498	)		—			(2,350	)
Gain on sale of mortgage loans		(7,022	)		(6,607	)		(6,818	)
(Gain) loss on disposition of premises and equipment		(476	)		(458	)		161
Loss on disposition of other real estate owned		341			43			485
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		821			7,101			1,429
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		5,674			(11,854	)		9,433
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation		(1,612	)		—			—
Non-cash contributions at fair value		—			683			3,350
Impairment loss (recovery) from write-down of assets		—			917			(486	)
Impairment of perpetual preferred stock		—			—			10,367
Trading account assets, net		(6	)		(1,077	)		549
Origination of loans held for sale, net of principal repayments		(616,449	)		(526,490	)		(557,445	)
Sale of loans held for sale		549,361			514,755			625,684
Decrease (increase) in other assets		6,505			(44,777	)		(33,959	)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		22,231			58,730			(11,046	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		147,389			217,824			229,351
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Sale of securities available for sale		40,274			2,903,526			1,826,897
Maturity, redemption, call, or principal repayments of securities available for sale		355,569			992,708			1,417,347
Maturity, redemption, call, or principal repayments of securities held to maturity		10,206			12,385			15,114
Purchase of securities available for sale		(38,267	)		(2,869,204	)		(3,617,212	)
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance		—			—			(15,000	)
Origination of loans held for investment, net of principal repayments		(591,378	)		(1,069,808	)		(982,225	)
Sale of loans held for investment		353,044			—			—
Sale of other real estate owned		11,705			7,850			12,477
Sale of premises and equipment		6,004			11,338			4,166
Sale of long-lived assets held for sale		—			—			908
Purchase of premises and equipment		(50,991	)		(51,577	)		(30,749	)
Disposition of assets and liabilities, net		(22,655	)		—			(1,394	)
Cash equivalents acquired for branch acquisition		—			—			6,919
Cash equivalents acquired, net of payment for purchase acquisitions		(374	)		71,101			241,215
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		73,137			8,319			(1,121,537	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are an integral part of these statements.

74

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Deposits, net	$	311,011		$	1,240,031		$	91,591
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements, net		(202	)		(208,523	)		629,351
Other short-term borrowings, net		292,758			8,458			(13,563	)
Issuance of long-term debt		127,321			1,638,743			1,321,134
Payment of long-term debt		(918,509	)		(2,715,340	)		(1,095,563	)
Cash dividends paid on common stock		(51,097	)		(46,750	)		(39,068	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation		1,612			—			—
Other common stock activity		11,706			15,427			16,578
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities		(225,400	)		(67,954	)		910,460
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(4,874	)		158,189			18,274
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		362,705			204,516			186,242
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	357,831		$	362,705		$	204,516
Supplemental Cash Flow Data
Interest paid	$	442,237		$	311,935		$	178,350
Income taxes paid, net		19,466			45,072			57,863
Significant non-cash investing and financing transactions:
Change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities		(1,667	)		(44,111	)		(18,017	)
Loans transferred from held for sale to held for investment		97,196			—			—
Loans transferred to other real estate owned		5,616			8,323			10,868
Security sales, redemptions and calls settled subsequent to period-end		—			2,569			—
Business combinations:
Fair value of assets acquired (includes cash and cash equivalents)		572			515,276			2,117,114
Fair value of common stock issued and stock options recognized		(73	)		(77,636	)		(329,728	)
Basis of stock investment in acquiree, shares canceled effective with the acquisition closing date		—			—			(8,970	)
Cash paid		(381	)		(36,257	)		(4	)
Liabilities assumed		118			401,383			1,778,412

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are an integral part of these statements.

75

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies followed by The South Financial Group, Inc. and all its subsidiaries and the methods of applying these policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and with general practices within the banking industry. Certain policies, which significantly affect the determination of financial position, results of operations and cash flows, are summarized below. “TSFG” refers to The South Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, except where the context requires otherwise.

Nature of Operations

TSFG is a financial holding company headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina that offers a broad range of financial products and services, including mortgage, trust, investment, and insurance services to consumers and commercial customers. At December 31, 2006, TSFG operated through 77 branch offices in South Carolina, 66 in Florida, and 24 in North Carolina. In South Carolina, the branches are primarily located in the state’s largest metropolitan areas. The Florida operations are principally concentrated in the Jacksonville, Orlando, Tampa Bay, Southeast Florida, and Gainesville areas. The North Carolina branches are primarily located in the Hendersonville and Asheville areas of western North Carolina and in the Wilmington area of eastern North Carolina.

Accounting Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes requires management of TSFG to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, for the effectiveness of derivative and other hedging activities, the fair value of certain financial instruments (securities, derivatives, and privately held investments), income tax assets or liabilities, share-based compensation, and accounting for acquisitions, including the fair value determinations, the analysis of goodwill impairment and the analysis of valuation allowances in the initial accounting of loans acquired. To a lesser extent, significant estimates are also associated with the determination of contingent liabilities, discretionary compensation, and other employee benefit agreements.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of The South Financial Group, Inc. and all other entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

TSFG determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable each entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns, and the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities. TSFG consolidates voting interest entities in which it has all, or at least majority of, the voting interest. As defined in applicable accounting standards, variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are

76

entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity described above. A controlling financial interest in an entity is present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. At December 31, 2006, TSFG had ten subsidiaries that were VIEs for which TSFG was not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of these statutory business trusts (“Trusts”) were not included in TSFG’s Consolidated Financial Statements. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Trusts had outstanding trust preferred securities with an aggregate par value of $173.5 million and $135.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the principal assets of the Trusts are $178.9 million and $139.7 million, respectively, of the Company’s subordinated notes with identical rates of interest and maturities as the trust preferred securities (see Note 19). At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Trusts have issued $5.4 million and $4.2 million, respectively, of common securities to the Company. The Company records interest expense on the subordinated debt and recognizes the dividend income on the common stock of the trust entities.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 presentations. Specifically, in 2006, TSFG reclassified certain deposit balances from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing checking. Reclassifications have been made to the December 31, 2005 presentation in order to conform to the current presentation. This reclassification had no impact on total deposits, shareholders’ equity, or results of operations.

Business Combinations

For all business combination transactions initiated after June 30, 2001, the purchase method of accounting has been used, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired company have been recorded at their estimated fair values as of the merger date. The fair values are subject to adjustment as information relative to the fair values as of the acquisition date becomes available. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of operations of any acquired company since the acquisition date.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing bank balances, and federal funds sold. Generally, both cash and cash equivalents have maturities of three months or less, and accordingly, the carrying amount of these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities

TSFG classifies its investment securities in one of three categories: trading, available for sale or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term. Securities held to maturity are debt securities in which TSFG has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. TSFG classifies its investment securities at the date of commitment or purchase.

Trading securities are carried at fair value. Adjustments for realized and unrealized gains or losses from trading securities are included in noninterest income.

Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Such securities are used to execute asset/liability management strategy, manage liquidity, collateralize public deposits, borrowings, and derivatives and

77

leverage capital. Adjustments for unrealized gains or losses, net of the income tax effect, are made to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

Securities held to maturity are stated at cost, net of unamortized balances of premiums and discounts.

TSFG determines the fair value of its securities based on quoted market prices from observable market data. On a quarterly basis, TSFG evaluates declines in the market value below cost of any available for sale or held to maturity security for other-than-temporary impairment and, if necessary, charges the unrealized loss to operations and establishes a new cost basis in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS 115”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 59, “Noncurrent Marketable Equity Securities” (“SAB 59”). To determine whether impairment is other-than-temporary, TSFG considers the reasons for the impairment, recent events specific to the issuer or industry, the severity and duration of the impairment, volatility of fair value, changes in value subsequent to period-end, external credit ratings, and forecasted performance of the investee. In addition, TSFG considers whether it has the ability and intent to hold the investment until a market price recovery and whether evidence indicating the cost of the investment is recoverable outweighs evidence to the contrary. As the forecasted market price recovery period lengthens, the uncertainties inherent in the estimate increase, impacting the reliability of that estimate. To be included in assessment of recoverability, market price recoveries must reasonably be expected to occur within an acceptable forecast period. Ultimately, a lack of objective evidence to support recovery of a security’s cost over a reasonable period of time will result in an other-than-temporary impairment charge.

Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the expected life of the related held to maturity or available for sale security as an adjustment to yield. Gains or losses on the sale of securities are recognized on a specific identification, trade date basis.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale include residential mortgage loans intended to be sold in the secondary market and other loans that management has an active plan to sell. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value on an aggregate basis. Prior to sale, decreases in fair value and subsequent recoveries in fair value up to the cost basis are included in noninterest income. Gains or losses on sales of loans are recognized in noninterest income at the time of sale and are determined by the difference between net sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans sold.

Loans or pools of loans are transferred from the held for investment portfolio to the held for sale portfolio when the intent to hold the loans has changed due to portfolio management or risk mitigation strategies and when there is a plan to sell the loans within a reasonable period of time. At the time of transfer, if the fair value is less than the cost, the difference related to the credit quality of the loan is recorded as an adjustment to the allowance for loan losses. Decreases in fair value subsequent to the transfer are recognized in noninterest income.

Loans or pools of loans are transferred from the held for sale portfolio to the held for investment portfolio when the intent to sell the loans has changed. Any previously recorded lower of cost or market adjustments are amortized to interest income over the remaining life of the loans.

Loans Held for Investment

Loans held for investment are reported at their outstanding principal balances, adjusted for any deferred fees (net of associated direct costs) and unamortized premiums or unearned discounts. TSFG

78

recognizes interest on the unpaid balance of the loans when earned. The net amount of the nonrefundable loan origination fees, commitment fees, and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the term of the loan. The premium or discount on purchased loans is amortized over the expected life of the loans and is included in interest and fees on loans.

In accordance with SFAS No. 114 (“SFAS 114”), “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” loans are considered to be impaired when, in management’s judgment and based on current information, the full collection of principal and interest becomes doubtful. A loan is also considered impaired if its terms are modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans are placed in nonperforming status, and future payments are applied to principal until such time as collection of the obligation is no longer doubtful. Interest accrual resumes only when loans return to performing status. To return to performing status, loans must be fully current, and continued timely payments must be a reasonable expectation.

Loans are charged-off (if unsecured) or written-down (if secured) when losses are reasonably quantifiable. Commercial loans are generally placed in nonaccrual status (if secured) or charged-off (if unsecured) when full collection of principal and interest becomes doubtful or when they become 90-days delinquent. Consumer and mortgage loans are generally placed in nonaccrual status (if secured) or charged-off (if unsecured) when they become delinquent for 4 monthly payments. When loans are placed in nonaccrual status, accrued but unpaid interest is charged against accrued interest income and other accrued but unpaid charges or fees are charged to current expenses. Generally, loans are returned to accrual status when the loan is brought current and ultimate collectibility of principal and interest is no longer in doubt. TSFG defines past due loans based upon contractual maturity dates for commercial loans. For consumer and mortgage loans, past dues are defined as loans with two or more payments due.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments are based on management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio and unfunded lending commitments and reflect an amount that, in management’s opinion, is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses in these items. In evaluating the portfolio, management takes into consideration numerous factors, including current economic conditions, prior loan loss experience, the composition of the loan portfolio, and management’s estimate of credit losses. Loans are charged against the allowance at such time as they are determined to be losses. Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance.

Management considers the year-end allowance appropriate and adequate to cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio; however, management’s judgment is based upon a number of assumptions about current events, which are believed to be reasonable, but which may or may not prove valid. Thus, there can be no assurance that loan losses in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses or that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will not be required. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review TSFG’s allowance for loan losses as part of their examination process and could require TSFG to adjust its allowance for loan losses based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

The methodology used to determine the reserve for unfunded lending commitment, which is included in other liabilities, is inherently similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses described above, adjusted for factors specific to binding commitments, including the probability of funding and exposure at default.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

TSFG’s loan portfolio is composed primarily of loans to individuals and small and medium sized businesses for various personal and commercial purposes primarily in South Carolina, the western and

79

coastal regions of North Carolina, and the Jacksonville, Orlando, Tampa Bay, Gainesville, and certain southeastern Florida markets. The loan portfolio is diversified by borrower and geographic area within these regions. Industry concentrations parallel the mix of economic activity in these markets, the most significant of which is commercial real estate, and, to a lesser extent, the tourism and automobile industries. Although the portfolio is affected by economic conditions, repayment of loans therein is not excessively dependent on any specific economic segment.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to expense over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements and capital leases are amortized over the terms of the respective lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Depreciation and amortization are computed primarily using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives generally range from 30 to 40 years for buildings, 3 to 12 years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment, 5 to 7 years for capitalized software, and 3 to 30 years for leasehold improvements.

Additions to premises and equipment and major replacements or improvements are capitalized at cost. Maintenance, repairs, and minor replacements are expensed when incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

TSFG periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets including premises and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, impairments are recognized when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

Long-lived assets to be disposed of by abandonment or in an exchange for a similar productive long-lived asset are classified as held and used until disposed of.

Long-lived assets to be sold are classified as held for sale and are no longer depreciated. Certain criteria have to be met in order for the long-lived asset to be classified as held for sale, including that a sale is probable and expected to occur within one year. Long-lived assets classified as held for sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include goodwill and other identifiable assets, such as core deposit intangibles, customer list intangibles, and non-compete agreement intangibles, resulting from TSFG acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles are amortized over 10 to 15 years using the straight-line or the sum-of-the-years’ digits method based upon historical studies of core deposits. The non-compete agreement intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the non-compete period, which is generally seven years or less. Customer list intangibles are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated useful life of 10 to 17 years. Goodwill is not amortized but tested annually for impairment or at any time an event occurs or circumstances change that may trigger a decline in the value of the reporting unit. Examples of such events or circumstances include adverse changes in legal factors, business climate, unanticipated competition, change in regulatory environment, or loss of key personnel.

TSFG tests for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). Potential impairment of goodwill exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit

80

exceeds its implied fair value. The fair value for each reporting unit is computed using one or a combination of the following three methods: income, market value, or cost method. The income method uses a discounted cash flow analysis to determine fair value by considering estimated future cash flows that the reporting unit will generate over its remaining useful life. These cash flows are discounted at a rate appropriate for the risk of the reporting unit. The market value method uses recent transaction analysis or publicly traded comparable analysis for similar companies to determine fair value. The cost method estimates the current cost to purchase or replace the assets of the reporting unit. To the extent a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired, and a second step of impairment testing will be performed. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. If the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and is written down to its implied fair value. The loss recognized is limited to the carrying amount of goodwill. Once an impairment loss is recognized, future increases in fair value will not result in the reversal of previously recognized losses.

TSFG’s other intangible assets have an estimated finite useful life and are amortized over that life in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in the economic value of the identified intangible asset. TSFG periodically reviews its other intangible assets for impairment.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

TSFG’s derivative activities, along with its other exposures to market risk, are monitored by its Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) based upon the interest rate risk guidelines TSFG has established. Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument from a change in interest rates, implied volatility of rates, counterparty credit risk and other market-driven factors. TSFG manages the market risk associated with derivative contracts by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. The market risk associated with trading and derivative activities used for risk management activities is fully incorporated into its market risk sensitivity analysis.

TSFG uses derivatives to manage exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risk and offers derivatives to its customers which they use to meet their risk management objectives. TSFG manages risks associated with its lending, investment, deposit taking, and borrowing activities. Derivatives for interest rate risk management include interest rate swaps, floors, options, and futures contracts. Derivatives used for foreign currency risk management consist of forward contracts. Interest rate swaps used by TSFG effectively convert specific fixed rate borrowings to a floating rate index, or vice versa, or serve to convert prime-based variable loan cash flows to fixed rate income streams. TSFG has also entered into swap contracts that effectively convert exposure taken on through the issuance of equity-linked and inflation-indexed certificates of deposit to LIBOR-based funding.

TSFG enters into forward sales commitments to hedge the interest rate risk arising from its mortgage banking activities.

TSFG may also, from time to time, enter into certain option and futures contracts that are not designated as hedging a specific asset, liability or forecasted transaction and are therefore considered trading positions. Such options and futures contracts typically have indices that relate to the pricing of specific on-balance sheet instruments and forecasted transactions and may be more speculative in nature. TSFG has policies that limit the amount of outstanding trading positions. At December 31, 2006, there were no such contracts outstanding.

TSFG also offers various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit, and foreign exchange contracts, to its customers; however TSFG neutralizes its market risk exposure with offsetting

81

financial contracts from third party dealers. All derivative contracts associated with these programs are carried at fair value and are not considered hedges under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”) as amended by SFAS No. 137, 138, and 149.

TSFG uses derivatives to modify the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not have a significant adverse effect on net interest income and cash flows and to better match the repricing profile of our interest bearing assets and liabilities. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, certain interest-sensitive assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In an effective fair value hedging strategy, the effect of this change in value will generally be offset by a corresponding change in value on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. In an effective cash flow hedging strategy, the variability of cash flows due to interest rate fluctuations on floating rate instruments is managed by derivatives that effectively lock-in the amount of cash payments or receipts.

By using derivative instruments, TSFG is also exposed to credit risk. Credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty to a derivative instrument will fail to perform, equals the fair value gain in a derivative. Credit risk is created when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, since this generally indicates that the counterparty owes TSFG. When the fair value of a derivative is negative, no credit risk exists since TSFG owes the counterparty and the counterparty has the credit risk to TSFG. TSFG minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with highly rated counterparties, which management confirms with its own analysis, and through the use of credit support agreements which provide for the pledging of collateral at certain pre-determined limits.

At the inception of a hedge transaction, TSFG formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes identification of the hedging instrument, hedged item, risk being hedged and the method for assessing effectiveness and measuring ineffectiveness. In addition, on a quarterly basis, TSFG assesses whether the derivative used in the hedging transaction is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, and measures and records any ineffectiveness.

All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet in either other assets or other liabilities at their fair value in accordance with SFAS 133. On the trade date, TSFG designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”), or (3) an instrument with no hedging designation. Changes in fair value for derivatives that qualify as fair value hedges are recorded along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk as noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. Changes in fair value for derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded through other comprehensive income (net of tax) in shareholders’ equity to the extent that the hedge is effective. The net cash settlement on derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting is recorded in interest income or interest expense, as appropriate, based on the item being hedged. The net cash settlement on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting is included in noninterest income. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that fail to meet the criteria for hedge designation as a hedge under SFAS 133 or fail to meet the criteria thereafter are recorded as noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.

TSFG discontinues hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS 133 when the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; the derivative is dedesignated as a hedge instrument because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.

82

When hedge accounting is discontinued, the future gains and losses on derivatives are recognized as noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transaction are still expected to occur, gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized or accreted into earnings as the hedged cash flows impact earnings. They are recognized in earnings immediately if the cash flow hedge was discontinued because a forecasted transaction is no longer probable of occurring.

TSFG may occasionally enter into a contract (the host contract) that contains an embedded derivative. If applicable, an embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, recorded at fair value and can be designated as a hedge that qualifies for hedge accounting; otherwise, the derivative is recorded at fair value with gains and losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income. TSFG’s equity-linked certificates of deposit contain embedded derivatives that require separation from the host contract.

Other Investments

TSFG accounts for its investments in limited partnerships, limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and other privately held companies using either the cost or the equity method of accounting. The accounting treatment depends upon TSFG’s percentage ownership and degree of management influence.

Under the cost method of accounting, TSFG records an investment in stock at cost and generally recognizes cash dividends received as income. If cash dividends received exceed the investee’s earnings since the investment date, these payments are considered a return of investment and reduce the cost of the investment.

Under the equity method of accounting, TSFG records its initial investment at cost. Subsequently, the carrying amount of the investment is increased or decreased to reflect TSFG’s share of income or loss of the investee. TSFG’s recognition of earnings or losses from an equity method investment is based on TSFG’s ownership percentage in the limited partnership or LLC and the investee’s earnings on a quarterly basis. The limited partnerships and LLCs generally provide their financial information during the quarter following the end of a given period. TSFG’s policy is to record its share of earnings or losses on equity method investments in the quarter the financial information is received.

All of the limited partnerships and LLCs in which TSFG invests are privately held, and their market values are not readily available. TSFG’s management evaluates its investments in limited partnerships and LLCs for impairment based on the investee’s ability to generate cash through its operations or obtain alternative financing, and other subjective factors. There are inherent risks associated with TSFG’s investments in limited partnerships and LLCs, which may result in income statement volatility in future periods.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

TSFG has purchased life insurance policies on certain key employees. These policies are recorded in other assets at their cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized. Income from these policies and changes in the net cash surrender value are recorded in noninterest income.

Foreclosed Property

Other real estate owned, included in other assets, is comprised of real estate properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the

83

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), the property is classified as held for sale when the sale is probable and is expected to occur within one year. The property is initially carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated selling costs. Principal losses existing at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest losses are charged to interest income. Subsequent write-downs that may be required to the carrying value of these properties and gains and losses realized from the sale of other real estate owned are included in other noninterest income. Costs related to the development and improvements of such property are capitalized, whereas the costs related to holding the property are charged to expense. Other real estate owned totaled $3.4 million and $9.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Personal property repossessions are acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans and are included in other assets. These repossessions are initially carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Principal losses existing at the time of acquisition of such personal properties are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest losses are charged to interest income. Subsequent write-downs that may be required to the carrying value of these repossessed properties and gains and losses realized from their sale are included in other noninterest income. Personal property repossessions totaled $900,000 and $850,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Debt Issuance Costs

TSFG amortizes debt issuance costs over the life of the related debt using a method that approximates the effective interest method.

Borrowed Funds

TSFG’s short-term borrowings are defined as borrowings with maturities of one year or less when made. Long-term borrowings have maturities greater than one year when made. Any premium or discount on borrowed funds is amortized over the term of the borrowing.

Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies arising from environmental remediation costs, claims, assessments, guarantees, litigation, recourse reserves, fines, penalties and other sources are recorded when deemed probable and estimable.

Deposit Accounts

TSFG recognizes service charges on deposit accounts when collected. Any premium or discount on fixed maturity deposits is amortized over the term of the deposits.

TSFG is charged a fee in connection with its acquisition of brokered certificates of deposit. The fee is included in other assets as a prepaid charge and is amortized into interest expense over the maturity period of the brokered CD on a straight-line basis.

Income Taxes

TSFG accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. The federal taxable operating results of TSFG and its eligible subsidiaries are included in its consolidated federal income tax return. Each subsidiary included in the consolidated federal income tax return receives an allocation of federal income taxes due to the Parent Company or is allocated a receivable from the Parent Company to the extent tax benefits are realized. Where federal and state tax laws do not permit consolidated or combined income tax returns, applicable separate subsidiary federal or state income tax returns are filed

84

and payment, if any, is remitted directly to the federal or state governments from such subsidiary. In addition, TSFG periodically reviews the sustainability of its federal and state income tax positions and, if necessary, in accordance with SFAS No. 5 (“SFAS 5”), “Accounting for Contingencies,” records contingent tax liabilities.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax basis and operating loss and income tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is the change in TSFG’s equity during the period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Total comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). TSFG’s other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are comprised of unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt securities, equity securities, and derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges to the extent that the hedge is effective.

Share-Based Compensation

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123R (“SFAS 123R”), “Share-Based Payment,” which requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees. SFAS 123R is an amendment of SFAS No. 123 (“SFAS 123”), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and its related implementation guidance. SFAS 123R does not change the accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees provided in SFAS 123. Under SFAS 123R, the way an award is classified will affect the measurement of compensation cost. Liability-classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each balance-sheet date until the award is settled. Equity-classified awards are measured at grant-date fair value, amortized over the subsequent vesting period, and are not subsequently remeasured. The fair value of non-vested stock awards for the purposes of recognizing stock-based compensation expense is the market price of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (see Note 25).

At December 31, 2006, TSFG had several share-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 25. Prior to January 1, 2006, TSFG accounted for its option plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations (“APB Opinion 25”), as permitted by SFAS 123. No stock-based employee compensation cost was recognized in net income related to these stock options for the year ended December 31, 2005, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Effective January 1, 2006, TSFG adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. Under that method of transition, compensation cost recognized in 2006 includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of Statement 123R. Since this compensation cost is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123R requires forfeitures

85

to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. TSFG has elected to expense future grants of awards with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award. Results for prior periods have not been restated.

As a result of applying the provisions of SFAS 123R during 2006, TSFG recognized additional share-based compensation expense related to stock options and stock appreciation rights of $3.7 million, or $3.4 million net of tax. The increase in share-based compensation expense resulted in a $0.05 decrease in basic earnings per share and a $0.04 decrease in diluted earnings per share during 2006.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, TSFG presented all tax benefits resulting from share-based compensation as cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. SFAS 123R requires cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the grant-date fair value of share-based awards to be included in cash flows from financing activities. Cash flows from financing activities for 2006 included $1.6 million in cash inflows from excess tax benefits related to stock compensation. TSFG has elected the “short-cut method” to determine the pool of windfall tax benefits.

The following table provides pro forma net income and earnings per share information, as if TSFG had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based employee compensation option plans for the periods presented (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

	2005			2004
Net Income
Net income, as reported	$	69,821		$	119,508
Deduct:
Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all option awards, net of income tax		(2,381	)		(2,452	)
Pro forma net income	$	67,440		$	117,056
Basic Earnings Per Share
As reported	$	0.95		$	1.85
Pro forma		0.92			1.81
Diluted Earnings Per Share
As reported	$	0.94		$	1.80
Pro forma		0.90			1.77

See Note 25 for a summary of TSFG’s assumptions used to estimate the grant-date per share fair value of options in the above table.

Per Share Data

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock equivalents and other potentially dilutive securities using the treasury stock method. Grants of restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are considered as issued for purposes of calculating diluted net income per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.”

Business Segments

TSFG reports operating segments in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”). Operating segments are components of an

86

enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. SFAS 131 requires that a public enterprise report a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense items, segment assets, information about the way that the operating segments were determined and other items. TSFG has two reportable operating segments: Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank (see Note 30).

Risk and Uncertainties

In the normal course of its business, TSFG encounters significant economic and regulatory risks. There are two main components of economic risk: credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the risk of default on TSFG’s loan portfolio that results from borrowers’ failure to make contractually required payments. Market risk arises principally from interest rate risk inherent in TSFG’s lending, investing, deposit, and borrowing activities.

TSFG is subject to the regulations of various government agencies. These regulations may change significantly from period to period. TSFG also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies, which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts of required loss allowances and operating restrictions resulting from the regulators’ judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Prior Year Misstatements

In September 2006, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB 108 was issued in order to eliminate the diversity of practice surrounding how public companies quantify financial statement misstatements.

Traditionally, there have been two widely-recognized methods for quantifying the effects of financial statement misstatements: the “roll-over” method and the “iron curtain” method. The roll-over method focuses primarily on the impact of a misstatement on the income statement—including the reversing effect of prior year misstatements—but its use can lead to the accumulation of misstatements in the balance sheet. The iron-curtain method, on the other hand, focuses primarily on the effect of correcting the period-end balance sheet with less emphasis on the reversing effects of prior year errors on the income statement. Prior to application of the guidance in SAB 108, TSFG used the roll-over method for quantifying financial statement misstatements.

In SAB 108, the SEC staff established an approach that requires quantification of financial statement misstatements based on the effects of the misstatements on each of the company’s financial statements and the related financial statement disclosures. This model is commonly referred to as a “dual approach” because it requires quantification of errors under both the iron curtain and the roll-over methods.

87

SAB 108 permits existing public companies to initially apply its provisions either by (i) restating prior financial statements as if the “dual approach” had always been applied or (ii) recording the cumulative effect of initially applying the “dual approach” as adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2006 with an offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. TSFG elected to record the effects of applying SAB 108 using the cumulative effect transition method. The following table summarizes the effects (up to January 1, 2006) of applying the guidance in SAB 108 (in thousands):

	Adjustment Recorded as of January 1, 2006			Period in which the Misstatement Originated
				Year Ended December 31,						Cumulative Prior to January 1, 2004
				2005			2004
Increase in accrued rent payable	$	5,270		$	611		$	957		$	3,702
Deferred income taxes		(1,858	)		(215	)		(338	)		(1,305	)
Decrease in retained earnings	$	3,412		$	396		$	619		$	2,397

TSFG had previously quantified these errors under the roll-over method and concluded that they were immaterial—individually and in the aggregate. The Company was not recognizing rent expense for several leases using the straight-line method as required by generally accepted accounting principles. As a result of this error, rent expense was understated and provision for income taxes was overstated as detailed in the table above.

Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158 (“SFAS 158”), “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132-R.” SFAS 158 requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial condition the funded status of its defined benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation. SFAS 158 also requires an entity to recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan within accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, to the extent such changes are not recognized in earnings as components of periodic net benefit cost. SFAS 158 is effective as of the end of the fiscal year ending after December 15, 2006. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on TSFG’s shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance

In September 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) on Issue No. 06-5, “Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance.” FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4 requires that the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract as of the date of the statement of financial position should be reported as an asset. Since the issuance of FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, there has been diversity in practice in the calculation of the amount that could be realized under insurance contracts. Issue No. 06-5 concludes that the Company should consider any additional amounts (e.g., cash stabilization reserves and deferred acquisition cost taxes) included in the contractual terms of the insurance policy other than the cash surrender value in determining the amount that could be realized in accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4. TSFG will adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2007 and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

88

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

In July 2006, the FASB released FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income tax law. This Interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. TSFG will adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2007 and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156 (“SFAS 156”), “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets -an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140,” which simplifies the accounting for servicing rights and reduces the volatility that results from the use of different measurement attributes for servicing rights and the related financial instruments used to economically hedge risks associated with those servicing rights. SFAS 156 clarifies when to separately account for servicing rights, requires separately recognized servicing rights to be initially measured at fair value, and provides the option to subsequently account for those servicing rights (by class) at either fair value or under the amortization method previously required under FASB Statement No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” TSFG will adopt this Interpretation in the first quarter of 2007 and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity or results of operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 (“SFAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial assets and liabilities would be recognized in earnings when they occur. SFAS 159 further establishes certain additional disclosure requirements. SFAS 159 is effective for TSFG’s financial statements for the year beginning on January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 (“SFAS 157”), “Fair Value Measurements,” which defines fair value, establishes guidelines for measuring fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155 (“SFAS 155”), “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140.” SFAS 155 permits an entity to measure at fair value any financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. In December 2006, the FASB issued a narrow exception to SFAS 155 in the form of a Derivative Implementation Guide that would exempt most securitized financial instruments

89

that are subject to prepayment from the bifurcation requirements of SFAS 155 and SFAS 133. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The following summarizes accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax (in thousands) for the years ended December 31:

	2006			2005			2004
Net Unrealized Losses on Securities Available for Sale
Balance at beginning of year	$	(46,350	)	$	(18,496	)	$	(7,146	)
Other comprehensive loss:
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period		(1,654	)		(96,250	)		(16,663	)
Income tax benefit		634			35,605			6,260
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		(13	)		52,139			(1,354	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		5			(19,348	)		407
		(1,028	)		(27,854	)		(11,350	)
Balance at end of year		(47,378	)		(46,350	)		(18,496	)
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges
Balance at beginning of year		450			—			—
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Unrealized (loss) gain on change in fair values		(113	)		692			—
Income tax benefit (expense)		40			(242	)		—
Less: Amortization of terminated swaps		(1,696	)		—			—
Income tax expense		593			—			—
		(1,176	)		450			—
Balance at end of year		(726	)		450			—
	$	(48,104	)	$	(45,900	)	$	(18,496	)
Total other comprehensive loss	$	(2,204	)	$	(27,404	)	$	(11,350	)
Net income		112,866			69,821			119,508
Comprehensive income	$	110,662		$	42,417		$	108,158

90

Note 3. Supplemental Financial Information to Consolidated Statements of Income

The following presents the details for noninterest income and noninterest expenses (in thousands) for the years ended December 31:

	2006			2005			2004
Noninterest Income
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	45,041		$	42,645		$	36,332
Debit card income		8,269			6,548			4,211
Customer service fee income		4,467			4,049			2,956
Total customer fee income		57,777			53,242			43,499
Insurance income		12,025			7,447			4,520
Retail investment services		7,632			6,902			4,722
Trust and investment management income		6,124			4,819			3,779
Benefits administration fees		2,933			2,693			2,298
Total wealth management income		28,714			21,861			15,319
Merchant processing income		12,522			9,817			8,653
Bank-owned life insurance income		11,636			11,608			11,215
Mortgage banking income		8,155			7,434			6,106
Gain on equity investments		4,483			2,839			4,723
Gain (loss) on trading and derivative activities		3,150			(3,253	)		33,319
Gain on disposition of assets and liabilities		2,498			—			2,350
Loss on indirect auto loans		(5,129	)		—			—
(Loss) gain on sale of securities available for sale		(446	)		(54,978	)		6,998
Impairment of perpetual preferred stock		—			—			(10,367	)
Other		8,691			6,640			3,062
Total noninterest income	$	132,051		$	55,210		$	124,877
Noninterest Expenses
Salaries and wages	$	140,331		$	128,177		$	90,221
Employee benefits		35,739			34,802			29,269
Occupancy		31,802			27,764			21,878
Furniture and equipment		25,216			23,301			20,938
Professional services		21,462			22,820			14,026
Merchant processing expense		10,215			7,943			6,811
Advertising and business development		9,894			8,627			6,318
Amortization of intangibles		8,775			8,637			6,043
Telecommunications		5,630			5,802			4,834
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		821			7,101			1,429
Merger-related costs		—			4,009			7,866
Contribution to foundation		—			683			—
Impairment loss (recovery) from write-down of assets		—			917			(277	)
Conservation grant of land		—			—			3,350
Other		50,200			47,470			37,538
Total noninterest expenses	$	340,085		$	328,053		$	250,244

Note 4. Business Combinations

Pointe Financial Corporation

On May 6, 2005, TSFG acquired Pointe Financial Corporation (“Pointe”), a bank holding company headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida. Pointe operated through 10 branch offices in Dade, Broward, and

91

Palm Beach counties. In connection with this acquisition, Pointe’s banking subsidiary Pointe Bank was merged into Mercantile Bank. TSFG added approximately $312 million in loans and $329 million in deposits as a result of this acquisition.

The aggregate purchase price for Pointe was $97.9 million, which consisted of 2,193,941 shares of TSFG common stock valued at $67.5 million, $24.5 million cash, and outstanding employee and director stock options valued at $5.9 million. TSFG recorded net assets acquired of $26.6 million, a core deposit intangible of $6.7 million, and goodwill of $64.6 million.

The core deposit intangible asset is being amortized over 10 years based on the estimated lives of the associated deposits. The core deposit intangible valuations and amortization periods are based on a historical study of the deposits acquired. All intangible assets were assigned to Mercantile Bank. The goodwill will not be amortized but will be tested at least annually for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142.

Lossing Insurance Agency

On November 1, 2005, TSFG acquired the assets and certain liabilities of Lossing Insurance Agency, Inc. (“Lossing”), an independent insurance agency based in Ocala, Florida. TSFG paid $5.3 million cash (including $321,000 paid in 2006 under an earn-out provision), recorded net liabilities assumed totaling $895,000, recorded a customer list intangible asset of $2.2 million, and recorded goodwill of $4.0 million. The customer list intangible is being amortized over its estimated useful life of 16 years based on the declining balance method. In addition, TSFG agreed to make annual earn-out payments for each of October 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. These earn-out payments are based on targeted earnings achievement and, if paid, would increase goodwill.

Bowditch Insurance Corporation

On June 6, 2005, TSFG acquired Bowditch Insurance Corporation (“Bowditch”), an independent insurance agency based in Jacksonville, Florida. TSFG issued 87,339 shares of TSFG common stock valued at $2.4 million and paid $2.0 million cash, recorded net liabilities assumed totaling $1.1 million, recorded a customer list intangible asset of $2.3 million, and recorded goodwill of $3.2 million. The customer list intangible is being amortized over its estimated useful life of 17 years based on the declining balance method. In addition, TSFG agreed to make annual earn-out payments, approximately 50% in cash and 50% in shares of common stock valued at the time of issuance for each of May 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. These earn-out payments are based on targeted earnings achievement and, if paid, would increase goodwill.

Koss Olinger

On April 4, 2005, TSFG acquired the Koss Olinger group of companies, a wealth management group based in Gainesville, Florida. TSFG issued 56,398 shares of common stock valued at $1.5 million and paid $4.7 million cash, recorded net liabilities assumed of $479,000, recorded a customer list intangible asset of $1.7 million, and recorded goodwill of $5.0 million. The customer list intangible is being amortized over its estimated useful life of 19 years based on the declining balance method. In addition, TSFG agreed to issue earn-out shares valued and payable on May 17, 2010, based on targeted earnings achievement. If issued, the earn-out shares would increase goodwill.

CNB Florida Bancshares, Inc. and Florida Banks, Inc.

On July 16, 2004, TSFG acquired CNB Florida Bancshares, Inc. (“CNB Florida”) and Florida Banks, Inc. (“Florida Banks”), both headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida. CNB Florida operated through 16

92

branch offices in Northeast Florida. Florida Banks operated through seven branch offices in Tampa, Jacksonville, Gainesville, Ft. Lauderdale, Ocala, and West Palm Beach, Florida. In connection with these acquisitions, CNB Florida and Florida Banks were merged into Mercantile Bank.

For CNB Florida, TSFG issued 5,312,974 shares of common stock valued at $154.0 million, recorded outstanding employee stock options valued at $6.6 million, paid $2,000 in lieu of fractional shares, canceled TSFG’s equity investment of 125,000 common shares in CNB Florida, which had a basis of $1.3 million, recorded net assets acquired of $33.2 million, recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $10.6 million, recorded a non-compete agreement intangible asset of $741,000, and recorded goodwill of $117.4 million.

For Florida Banks, TSFG issued 5,418,890 shares of common stock valued at $158.5 million, recorded outstanding employee stock options valued at $9.7 million, paid $2,000 in lieu of fractional shares, canceled TSFG’s equity investments of 291,500 common shares and 50,000 preferred shares in Florida Banks, which had a basis of $7.7 million, recorded net assets acquired of $31.2 million, recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $3.3 million, recorded a non-compete agreement intangible asset of $2.7 million, and recorded goodwill of $138.7 million.

Amortization of Premiums and Discounts

Premiums and discounts that resulted from recording the assets and liabilities acquired through bank acquisitions at their respective fair values are being amortized and accreted using methods that approximate a constant effective yield over the life of the assets and liabilities. This net amortization decreased income before income taxes by $2.6 million, $1.6 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Note 5. Disposition of Assets and Liabilities

In September 2006, Carolina First Bank completed the sale of its branch office in Mullins, South Carolina. In connection with the sale of this branch, TSFG recorded a gain of $2.5 million and transferred deposits of $27.9 million and loans of $2.6 million to the purchaser.

In March 2005, TSFG sold the former Beacon Manufacturing Company facility in Swannanoa, North Carolina to an independent third party. This facility was acquired as part of its acquisition of MBFC. MBFC had acquired this facility through a foreclosure proceeding in June 2003. In September 2003, a fire and apparent vandalism resulted in virtually the complete destruction of the facility, as well as a release of fuel oil and other materials. In accordance with the sale contract, TSFG has no future obligations for environmental remediation costs related to this matter. During the first quarter of 2005, in connection with this sale of other real estate owned (with a book value included in other assets of $300,000), TSFG received cash of $200,000, recorded a loan held for investment of $800,000, and recognized a gain on sale of other real estate owned (included in other noninterest income) of $700,000.

In March 2004, TSFG executed a conservation grant of land in North Carolina, which resulted in the recognition of a gain totaling $2.4 million, included in noninterest income, and a deduction for the fair value of the contribution totaling $3.4 million, included in noninterest expenses.

Note 6. Discontinued Operations

As part of its bank acquisition process, TSFG evaluates whether the products and services offered by the acquired institution provide the proper balance of profitability and risk. Based on this assessment of Florida Banks, TSFG decided in the third quarter 2004 to discontinue the wholesale mortgage operations acquired from Florida Banks, which was substantially completed in the first quarter 2005. At

93

December 31, 2005, there were no assets held for disposal or liabilities related to the wholesale mortgage operation on the balance sheet. Assets held for disposal, included in other assets, totaled $1.4 million at December 31, 2004, and consisted primarily of loans held for sale. At December 31, 2004, other liabilities included $34,000 related to the wholesale mortgage operation. Since these assets and liabilities were recorded at their net realizable value at the acquisition date, the disposal did not result in a gain or loss for financial reporting purposes. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the pre-tax loss related to the wholesale mortgage operations totaled $612,000 and the after-tax loss of $396,000 was recognized as discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of income. For the period from July 16, 2004 to December 31, 2004, the revenue and pre-tax loss related to the wholesale mortgage operations acquired from Florida Banks totaled $961,000 and $754,000, respectively. The after-tax loss of $490,000 was recognized as discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Note 7. Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks

The Subsidiary Banks are required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based upon a percentage of deposits. The average amounts of these reserve balances for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $81.7 million and $55.3 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, TSFG had restricted cash totaling $505,000 and $14.7 million, respectively, collateralizing derivative financial instruments.

Note 8. Securities

The aggregate amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity (in thousands) at December 31 were as follows:

	2006
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury	$	169,095	$	57	$	2,433	$	166,719
U.S. Government agencies		666,308		20		13,294		653,034
Mortgage-backed securities		1,455,818		137		55,667		1,400,288
State and municipals		346,164		304		4,980		341,488
Other investments		181,373		3,474		2,920		181,927
	$	2,818,758	$	3,992	$	79,294	$	2,743,456
Securities Held to Maturity
State and municipals	$	52,208	$	248	$	455	$	52,001
Other investments		100		—		—		100
	$	52,308	$	248	$	455	$	52,101

94

	2005
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury	$	184,211	$	103	$	1,846	$	182,468
U.S. Government agencies		666,078		572		10,208		656,442
Mortgage-backed securities		1,745,088		329		56,555		1,688,862
State and municipals		379,686		419		6,213		373,892
Other investments		194,139		2,170		2,406		193,903
	$	3,169,202	$	3,593	$	77,228	$	3,095,567
Securities Held to Maturity
State and municipals	$	62,548	$	567	$	518	$	62,597
Other investments		100		—		—		100
	$	62,648	$	567	$	518	$	62,697

At December 31, 2006, other investments in securities available for sale included the following (recorded at the estimated fair value): corporate bonds of $113.4 million, FHLB stock of $52.2 million, community bank stocks of $12.4 million, and other equity investments of $3.9 million. At December 31, 2005, other investments in securities available for sale included the following (recorded at the estimated fair value): corporate bonds of $112.2 million, FHLB stock of $67.6 million, community bank stocks of $10.1 million, and other equity investments of $4.0 million.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity (in thousands) at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown in the following table. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. The estimated fair value of securities was determined using quoted market prices.

	December 31, 2006
	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale
Due in one year or less	$	173,792	$	172,890
Due after one year through five years		847,888		819,206
Due after five years through ten years		1,017,232		989,562
Due after ten years		715,156		694,003
No contractual maturity		64,690		67,795
	$	2,818,758	$	2,743,456
Securities Held to Maturity
Due in one year or less	$	12,426	$	12,423
Due after one year through five years		30,444		30,355
Due after five years through ten years		9,438		9,323
Due after ten years		—		—
No contractual maturity		—		—
	$	52,308	$	52,101

95

Gross realized gains, gross realized losses, and sale proceeds for available for sale securities (in thousands) for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows. These net gains or losses are shown in noninterest income as gain (loss) on sale of available for sale securities and gain on equity investments.

	2006			2005			2004
Gross realized gains	$	4,722		$	6,003		$	15,394
Gross realized losses		(685	)		(58,142	)		(3,673	)
Net gain (loss) on available for sale securities and equity investments	$	4,037		$	(52,139	)	$	11,721
Sale proceeds	$	40,274		$	2,903,526		$	1,826,897

At December 31, 2006, TSFG had no investment securities classified as trading, while at December 31, 2005, TSFG had $1.4 million in investment securities classified as trading. In 2006 and 2005, TSFG had no change in net unrealized holding gains on trading securities. TSFG’s change in net unrealized holding gains on trading securities, which are included in earnings, totaled $1,000 for 2004.

Securities with market values of approximately $2.3 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes. The amortized cost totaled approximately $2.3 billion and $2.7 billion for these same periods.

Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank, as members of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta, are required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta based generally upon their balances of residential mortgage loans, select commercial loans secured by real estate, and FHLB advances. FHLB capital stock, which is included in other investments, is pledged to secure FHLB advances. No ready market exists for this stock, and it has no quoted market value. However, redemption of this stock has historically been at par value.

Gross unrealized losses on investment securities and the fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

	2006
	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or Longer				Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury	$	3	$	—	$	164,629	$	2,433	$	164,632	$	2,433
U.S. Government agencies		129,597		698		520,778		12,596		650,375		13,294
Mortgage-backed securities		122,674		597		1,264,180		55,070		1,386,854		55,667
State and municipals		44,899		194		263,643		4,786		308,542		4,980
Other investments		26,299		786		78,522		2,134		104,821		2,920
	$	323,472	$	2,275	$	2,291,752	$	77,019	$	2,615,224	$	79,294
Securities Held to Maturity
State and municipals	$	509	$	1	$	21,668	$	454	$	22,177	$	455

96

	2005
	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or Longer				Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury	$	128,771	$	136	$	51,590	$	1,710	$	180,361	$	1,846
U.S. Government agencies		478,059		7,975		50,368		2,233		528,427		10,208
Mortgage-backed securities		938,640		33,544		584,212		23,011		1,522,852		56,555
State and municipals		199,300		2,801		141,907		3,412		341,207		6,213
Other investments		66,092		1,355		32,746		1,051		98,838		2,406
	$	1,810,862	$	45,811	$	860,823	$	31,417	$	2,671,685	$	77,228
Securities Held to Maturity
State and municipals	$	9,847	$	188	$	16,084	$	330	$	25,931	$	518

At December 31, 2006, TSFG had 1,205 individual investments that were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses on investments in U.S. Treasury, U.S. Government agencies, mortgage-backed securities, state and municipals, and corporate bonds (a $2.7 million unrealized loss included in other investments) summarized above were attributable to increases in interest rates, rather than credit quality. The majority of these securities are government and agency securities and, therefore, pose minimal credit risk. TSFG believes it has the ability and intent to hold its debt securities until a market price recovery or maturity. Therefore, at December 31, 2006, these investments are not considered impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. At December 31, 2006, TSFG’s equity investments with unrealized losses are not considered impaired on an other-than-temporary basis due to the lack of severity of the impairment.

In December 2004, TSFG recorded $9.9 million and $511,000 in other-than-temporary impairments on its perpetual preferred stock investments in Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, respectively. In accordance with SFAS 115 and SAB 59 as the forecasted market price recovery period lengthened on these investments, TSFG determined there was a lack of objective evidence to support recovery of the cost of these securities over a reasonable period of time, which resulted in the other-than-temporary impairment charge.

TSFG also invests in limited partnerships, limited liability companies (LLC’s) and other privately held companies. These investments are included in other assets. At December 31, 2006, TSFG’s investment in these entities totaled $20.5 million, of which $11.8 million were accounted for under the cost method and $8.7 million were accounted for under the equity method. At December 31, 2005, TSFG’s investment in these entities totaled $17.1 million, of which $9.3 million were accounted for under the cost method and $7.8 million were accounted for under the equity method.

97

Note 9. Loans

The following is a summary of loans held for investment by category (in thousands) at December 31:

	2006		2005
Commercial, financial and agricultural	$	2,152,375	$	1,936,963
Real estate - construction		1,630,366		1,497,605
Real estate - residential mortgages (1-4 family)		1,416,005		1,493,317
Commercial secured by real estate		3,727,316		3,441,576
Consumer		775,805		1,069,934
Loans held for investment	$	9,701,867	$	9,439,395
Included in the above:
Nonaccrual loans	$	37,168	$	33,255
Loans past due 90 days still accruing interest	$	3,129	$	4,548

No interest income was recognized on nonaccrual loans during 2006, 2005 or 2004.

The following tables summarize information on impaired loans (in thousands), all of which are commercial loans on nonaccrual status, at and for the years ended December 31:

	2006		2005		2004
Impaired loans (year end) (1)	$	28,733	$	16,911	$	28,836
Related allowance (year end)		6,686		4,336		11,129
Interest income recognized		—		—		—
Foregone interest		1,665		1,200		1,935

⁽¹⁾ Impaired loans are defined in accordance with SFAS 114 and include troubled debt restructurings. In second quarter 2006, TSFG enhanced its policy to include nonaccruing loans that are fully protected by collateral as impaired loans. This change added $6.0 million to impaired loans at December 31, 2006.

The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $26.3 million, $25.6 million, and $47.8 million, respectively. Impaired loans totaling $16.8 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, had a specific allowance of zero. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, impaired loans included $500,000 and $1.9 million, respectively, in restructured loans.

TSFG directors, directors of subsidiaries of TSFG, executive officers, and associates of such persons were customers of and had transactions with TSFG in the ordinary course of business. Included in such transactions are outstanding loans and commitments, all of which were made under normal credit terms and did not involve more than normal risk of collection. The aggregate dollar amount of these outstanding loans was $48.9 million, $39.5 million, and $39.5 million at December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. During 2006, new loans of $31.0 million were made, and payments totaled $21.6 million. During 2005, new loans of $14.9 million were made, and payments totaled $14.9 million.

Credit risk represents the maximum accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if borrowers failed to perform as contracted and any collateral or security proved to be of no value. Concentrations of credit risk (whether on- or off-balance sheet) arising from financial instruments can exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, certain loan products, or certain regions of the country. Credit risk associated with these concentrations could arise when a significant amount of loans, related by similar characteristics, are simultaneously impacted by changes in economic or other conditions that cause their probability of

98

repayment to be adversely affected. The Company does not have a significant concentration to any individual client. The major concentrations of credit risk for the Company arise by collateral type in relation to loans and credit commitments. The only significant concentration that exists is in loans secured by commercial real estate. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $3.7 billion in commercial real estate loans, representing 38.4% of total loans. A geographic concentration arises because the Company operates primarily in the Southeastern region of the United States.

During the second quarter of 2006, TSFG identified and sold $359.6 million of indirect auto loans originally classified as loans held for investment and recorded a $3.5 million loss on the sale. In connection with the sale, TSFG transferred $3.1 million out of the allowance for loan losses. There were no indirect auto loan sales in 2005 or 2004. Indirect auto loan production for the months of June and July 2006 was originally classified as held for sale at loan origination based on management’s intent to sell these loans. For the year ended December 31, 2006, TSFG recorded a loss on indirect auto loans of $5.1 million, which included lower of cost or market adjustments on the loans held for sale, losses on swaps economically hedging the anticipated monthly sale of the loans, and the $3.5 million loss on sale mentioned above.

On July 31, 2006, TSFG changed its original intent to sell these loans and decided to retain these loans and transferred them to the held for investment portfolio. This change in intent was based on the expectation of improved profitability margins associated with this portfolio as a result of specific actions taken by management, as well as the challenges associated with selling indirect auto loans for a gain. The previously recorded lower of cost or market adjustments, which totaled $1.2 million, on these loans will be amortized over the remaining life of the loans. For the year ended December 31, 2006, interest income included $165,000 of income representing amortization of the lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, all subsequent originations have been recorded as loans held for investment.

Note 10. Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for loan losses, reserve for unfunded lending commitments, and allowance for credit losses for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006 are presented below (in thousands).

	2006			2005			2004
Allowance for loan losses
Balance at beginning of year	$	107,767		$	96,434		$	72,811
Purchase accounting adjustments		—			3,741			20,682
Allowance adjustment for loans sold		(3,089	)		—			(506	)
Provision for loan losses		33,347			39,493			34,979
Loans charged off		(36,623	)		(39,214	)		(37,003	)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		10,261			7,313			5,471
Balance at end of year	$	111,663		$	107,767		$	96,434
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
Balance at beginning of year	$	1,583		$	484		$	476
Provision for (reversal of) unfunded lending commitments		(558	)		1,099			8
Balance at end of year	$	1,025		$	1,583		$	484
Allowance for credit losses
Balance at beginning of year	$	109,350		$	96,918		$	73,287
Purchase accounting adjustments		—			3,741			20,682
Allowance adjustment for loans sold		(3,089	)		—			(506	)
Provision for credit losses		32,789			40,592			34,987
Loans charged off		(36,623	)		(39,214	)		(37,003	)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		10,261			7,313			5,471
Balance at end of year	$	112,688		$	109,350		$	96,918

99

Note 11. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31 are summarized (in thousands) as follows:

	2006		2005
Land and land improvements	$	51,720	$	39,171
Buildings		79,669		73,391
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		118,165		112,141
Capitalized software		27,122		23,146
Leasehold improvements		46,056		39,515
Construction in progress		8,343		3,599
		331,075		290,963
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		111,912		97,389
	$	219,163	$	193,574

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment totaled $19.8 million, $18.6 million, and $17.0 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At December 31, 2006, there were no land and buildings pledged as collateral for long-term debt.

Note 12. Goodwill

The following summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill related to each of TSFG’s business segments (in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:

	Carolina First Bank		Mercantile Bank		Other		Total
Balance, December 31, 2004	$	206,401	$	362,215	$	3,237	$	571,853
Purchase accounting adjustments		366		75,688		—		76,054
Balance, December 31, 2005		206,767		437,903		3,237		647,907
Purchase accounting adjustments		364		2,221		—		2,585
Balance, December 31, 2006	$	207,131	$	440,124	$	3,237	$	650,492

The goodwill for each reporting unit was tested for impairment as of June 30, 2006 in accordance with SFAS 142. TSFG will continue to perform this testing annually as of June 30^th each year. The fair value of each reporting unit was estimated using a cash flow approach based upon the present value of expected future cash flows and a market approach based upon recent purchase transactions and public company market values. These valuations indicated that no impairment charge was required as of the June 30, 2006 test date. Since June 30, 2006, there have been no events or conditions indicating impairment.

100

Note 13. Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, at December 31 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	2006			2005
Core deposit intangible	$	58,895		$	58,895
Less accumulated amortization		(31,505	)		(25,143	)
		27,390			33,752
Non-compete agreement intangible		5,672			5,672
Less accumulated amortization		(3,735	)		(2,430	)
		1,937			3,242
Customer list intangible		7,797			7,797
Less accumulated amortization		(2,048	)		(940	)
		5,749			6,857
	$	35,076		$	43,851

The following presents the details for amortization expense of intangible assets (in thousands) for the years ended December 31:

	2006		2005		2004
Core deposit intangible	$	6,362	$	6,680	$	5,080
Non-compete agreement intangible		1,305		1,331		805
Customer list intangible		1,108		626		158
Total amortization expense of intangible assets	$	8,775	$	8,637	$	6,043

The estimated amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets (in thousands) for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

	Core Deposit Intangible		Non- Compete Agreement Intangible		Customer List Intangible		Total
2007	$	5,663	$	1,149	$	980	$	7,792
2008		4,684		529		847		6,060
2009		3,830		256		737		4,823
2010		3,396		3		644		4,043
2011		3,007		—		566		3,573
Aggregate total for all years thereafter		6,810		—		1,975		8,785
	$	27,390	$	1,937	$	5,749	$	35,076

101

Note 14. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

The fair value of TSFG’s derivative assets and liabilities and their related notional amounts (in thousands) at December 31, 2006 and 2005 is presented below.

	December 31, 2006						December 31, 2005
	Fair Value				Notional Amount		Fair Value				Notional Amount
	Asset		Liability				Asset		Liability
Cash Flow Hedges
Interest rate swaps associated with borrowing activities	$	143	$	—	$	183,000	$	1,785	$	—	$	278,500
Interest rate swaps associated with lending activities		1,979		3,408		870,000		422		1,515		435,000
Interest rate floor associated with lending activities		1,564		—		200,000		—		—		—
Fair Value Hedges
Interest rate swaps associated with brokered CDs		—		33,541		1,167,585		48		29,315		1,111,170
Other Derivatives
Forward foreign currency contracts		36		36		18,119		482		482		31,715
Options, interest rate swaps and other		6,236		5,922		278,846		3,988		11,656		221,453
	$	9,958	$	42,907	$	2,717,550	$	6,725	$	42,968	$	2,077,838

At December 31, 2006, TSFG’s fair value hedges include interest rate swaps to convert the payment profile on certain brokered CDs from a fixed rate to a floating rate based on LIBOR and to similarly convert exposure taken on through the issuance of equity-linked and inflation-indexed certificates of deposit. TSFG’s cash flow hedges include the following: interest rate swaps to hedge the forecasted interest income from certain prime-based commercial loans; interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its variable rate structured repurchase agreements and FHLB advances to fixed rates; and an interest rate floor which protects the Company from decreases in the hedged cash flows on certain prime-based interest receipts below the strike rate on the floor. Amounts included in other comprehensive income related to cash flow hedges represent unrealized gains or losses on derivative contracts which will be reported in earnings over time as net cash settlements. With respect to these cash flow hedges, forecasted transactions are being hedged through 2011.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, certain derivative liabilities were collateralized by approximately $505,000 and $14.7 million, respectively, in cash. Certain derivative liabilities were also collateralized by securities, which are held by third-party safekeepers. The approximate amortized cost and fair value of these securities at December 31, 2006 were $29.7 million and $28.8 million, respectively. The approximate amortized cost and fair value of these securities at December 31, 2005 were $21.0 million and $20.4 million, respectively.

As part of its mortgage activities, TSFG originates certain residential loans and commits these loans for sale. The commitments to originate residential loans (“rate locks”) and the forward sales commitments are freestanding derivative instruments and are generally funded within 90 days. The values of the rate locks and forward sale commitments are estimated based on indicative market prices being bid on similarly structured mortgage backed securities.

In June and July of 2006, TSFG hedged the anticipated monthly sale of indirect auto loans with pay-fixed interest rate swaps. These swaps did not qualify for hedge accounting and were marked to market through earnings with no offsetting adjustment for the hedged item. TSFG terminated these

102

hedges as of July 31, 2006 when it transferred its indirect auto loan production for June and July, originally classified as held for sale, to held for investment. In 2006, the loss on indirect auto loans included realized losses of $150,000 on these swaps.

In 2006, 2005, and 2004 noninterest income included $3.2 million of net gains, $3.3 million of net losses, and $33.3 million of net gains, respectively, for trading and derivative activities. These gains and losses include the following: the change in fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 (see Note 1), as well as the net cash settlement from these interest rate swaps; hedge ineffectiveness for fair value hedges, which totaled gains of $88,000 and losses of $181,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005; and other miscellaneous items.

Note 15. Deposits

Deposits (in thousands) at December 31 are summarized in the table below.

	2006		2005
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	1,280,908	$	1,458,914
Interest-bearing checking		1,208,125		1,162,891
Money market accounts		2,435,413		2,290,134
Savings accounts		181,192		187,101
Total core deposits		5,105,638		5,099,040
Time deposits under $100,000		1,680,878		1,401,469
Time deposits of $100,000 or more		1,105,793		1,395,247
Customer deposits		7,892,309		7,895,756
Brokered deposits		1,624,431		1,338,681
Total deposits	$	9,516,740	$	9,234,437

Maturities of time deposits (includes brokered deposits) at December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

2007	$	2,644,467
2008		236,524
2009		250,552
2010		309,823
2011		193,940
Thereafter		775,796
	$	4,411,102

Prepaid broker fees, net of accumulated amortization, totaled $13.8 million and $11.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. Amortization of prepaid broker fees totaled $2.6 million, $3.4 million, and $3.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004 and is reported in interest expense on deposits in the consolidated statements of income.

103

Note 16. Income Taxes

The aggregate amount of income tax expense (benefit) (in thousands) included in the consolidated statements of income and in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income (in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were as follows:

	2006			2005			2004
Income before discontinued operations	$	47,682		$	25,404		$	55,489
Discontinued operations		—			(216	)		(264	)
Changes recorded in shareholders’ equity
Cumulative effect of initial application of SAB 108		(1,858	)		—			—
Change in unrealized gains on fair value of cash flow hedges		(633	)		242			—
Change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities		(639	)		(16,257	)		(6,667	)
	$	44,552		$	9,173		$	48,558

Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income before income taxes and discontinued operations (“income tax expense”) (in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 consisted of the following:

	2006			2005			2004
Current
U.S. Federal	$	42,691		$	34,138		$	41,295
State and local		(683	)		3,120			4,761
		42,008			37,258			46,056
Deferred
U.S. Federal		5,266			(11,105	)		8,808
State and local		408			(749	)		625
		5,674			(11,854	)		9,433
Total income tax expense	$	47,682		$	25,404		$	55,489

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying TSFG’s statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 to pretax income from continuing operations as a result of the following (in thousands):

	2006			2005			2004
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate	$	56,192		$	33,467		$	61,420
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(179	)		1,541			3,501
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Subsidiary stock, recognition of basis difference		2,537			(2,444	)		—
Bank-owned life insurance		(4,073	)		(4,063	)		(3,926	)
Nontaxable municipal interest		(3,635	)		(3,433	)		(2,632	)
Income tax credits		(520	)		(170	)		(436	)
Dividends received deduction		(26	)		(341	)		(871	)
Change in federal and state valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets		(1,923	)		(190	)		47
Other, net		(691	)		1,037			(1,614	)
	$	47,682		$	25,404		$	55,489

104

The tax effected sources of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities at December 31 are presented below (in thousands):

	2006		2005
Deferred Income Tax Assets
Loan loss allowance deferred for income tax purposes	$	40,689	$	39,126
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale		27,924		27,285
Compensation expense deferred for income tax reporting purposes		18,677		15,397
Federal capital loss carryforward		1,669		6,947
Unrealized losses on fair value of derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting		3,438		12,875
Excess basis of MSRs for income tax purposes over financial reporting purposes		—		1,632
State net operating loss carryforwards		2,968		2,085
Excess basis of securities for income tax purposes over financial reporting purposes		1,841		919
Federal net operating loss carryforward		1,220		885
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges and fair value of derivatives deferred for income tax reporting purposes		391		—
Miscellaneous accruals and reserves		5,417		4,091
Other		5,665		3,073
		109,899		114,315
Less valuation allowance		4,255		6,178
		105,644		108,137
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities
Excess basis of intangible assets for financial reporting purposes over income tax basis		19,545		23,588
Income tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation		16,173		10,270
Excess basis of prepaid and deferred expenses for financial reporting purposes over income tax basis		6,638		7,757
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges and fair value of derivatives deferred for income tax reporting purposes		—		242
Excess carrying value of assets acquired for financial reporting purposes over income tax basis		298		847
Income tax bad debt reserve recapture adjustment		101		20
		42,755		42,724
Net deferred income tax assets	$	62,889	$	65,413

Changes in net deferred income tax assets were (in thousands):

	2006			2005
Balance at beginning of year	$	65,413		$	31,478
Purchase accounting adjustments		20			6,066
Income tax benefit from change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities		639			16,257
Income tax expense from change in fair values on cash flow hedges		633			(242	)
Income tax benefit from cumulative effect of initial application of SAB 108		1,858			—
Deferred income tax (expense) benefit on continuing operations		(5,674	)		11,854
Balance at end of year	$	62,889		$	65,413

105

TSFG had a current tax receivable of $2.7 million and $24.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, TSFG has net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $64.6 million available to offset future taxable state income, if any, which expires in years 2010 through 2026. TSFG also has capital loss carryforwards for financial reporting purposes of $4.8 million, which are available to reduce future taxable federal capital gains, if any, through 2009.

The valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $4.3 million and $6.2 million, respectively. The net change in the valuation allowance relative to state net operating loss carryforwards and net deferred state income tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was an increase of $1.2 million and $373,000, respectively. The net change in valuation allowance relative to federal capital loss carryforwards for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was a decrease of $3.1 million and $387,000, respectively. The valuation allowance relative to its federal net operating loss carryforward did not change for the year ended December 31, 2006, while the net change in the year ended December 31, 2005 was a decrease of $176,000.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and TSFG have settled all issues related to the Company’s federal income tax returns for 2003 and all prior years. The settlement resulted in TSFG recognizing a net tax benefit of $220,000.

TSFG has also entered into a voluntary settlement with the state of South Carolina effective December 31, 2006 regarding uncertain tax positions taken by the Company in current and previous years. The settlement resulted in TSFG recognizing a net tax benefit of $4.9 million.

In assessing the realizability of deferred income tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent upon TSFG’s ability to generate taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible and prior to their expiration governed by the income tax code. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and income tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods, during which the deferred income tax assets are expected to be deductible, management believes it is more likely than not TSFG will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2006. The amount of the deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

Tax returns for 2004 forward are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service.

Note 17. Short-Term Borrowed Funds

Short-term borrowings and their related weighted average interest rates at December 31 were (in thousands):

	2006				2005
	Amount		Rate		Amount		Rate
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements	$	1,421,099	4.97	%	$	1,421,301	4.15	%
FHLB advances		175,000	5.32			—	—
Treasury, tax and loan note		139,989	5.18			20,131	3.06
Commercial paper		32,631	5.36			32,933	4.42
	$	1,768,719	5.03	%	$	1,474,365	4.13	%

106

Repurchase agreements represent overnight and short-term borrowings by Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank collateralized by securities of the United States government or its agencies, which are held by third-party safekeepers. The approximate cost and fair value of these securities at December 31, 2006 were $633.5 million and $614.4 million, respectively. The approximate cost and fair value of these securities at December 31, 2005 were $338.5 million and $330.3 million, respectively.

The maximum short-term borrowings outstanding at any month end were (in thousands):

	2006		2005
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements	$	1,770,513	$	1,724,812
FHLB advances		175,000		—
Treasury, tax and loan note		140,821		183,001
Commercial paper		39,532		35,085
Aggregate short-term borrowings		1,930,300		1,761,125

Average short-term borrowings during 2006, 2005, and 2004, were $1.7 billion, $1.5 billion, and $1.4 billion, respectively. The average interest rates on short-term borrowings during 2006, 2005, and 2004 were 4.90%, 3.24%, and 1.40%, respectively.

Interest expense on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31 related to the following (in thousands):

	2006		2005		2004
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements	$	77,264	$	46,426	$	17,568
FHLB advances		4,083		—		96
Treasury, tax and loan note		3,366		1,841		80
Commercial paper		1,798		1,090		1,095
Line of credit to unaffiliated bank and other		14		24		69
	$	86,525	$	49,381	$	18,908

Note 18. Unused Lines of Credit

At December 31, 2006, the Subsidiary Banks had unused short-term lines of credit to purchase federal funds from unrelated banks totaling $1.7 billion (which may be canceled at the lenders’ option). These lines of credit are generally available on a one-to-ten day basis for funding short-term liquidity needs by the Subsidiary Banks. At December 31, 2006, the Subsidiary Banks had $40.0 million of excess collateral to support FHLB advances, subject to adjustments regarding acceptability by the FHLB.

At December 31, 2006, the parent company had three unused short-term lines of credit totaling $35.0 million. At maturity, these lines of credit may be canceled at the lenders’ option. One line of credit for $15.0 million matures May 14, 2007 and has a fixed interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 125 basis points commencing on the draw date. The second line of credit for $10.0 million matures June 30, 2007 and has a variable interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points. The third line of credit for $10.0 million matures November 14, 2007 and has a variable interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 170 basis points.

The Federal Reserve Bank provides back-up funding for commercial banks. Collateralized borrowing relationships with the Federal Reserve Banks of Richmond and Atlanta are in place for the Subsidiary Banks to meet emergency funding needs. At December 31, 2006, the Subsidiary Banks had qualifying collateral to secure advances up to $674.7 million, of which none was outstanding.

107

Note 19. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands, except for descriptions of terms):

	2006		2005
Repurchase agreements; fixed and variable rates ranging from 3.93% to 5.17% due from 2010 to 2012, notwithstanding certain earlier call dates; collateralized by securities of the United States government or its agencies, which are held by third-party safekeepers, and corporate bonds valued at $553.2 million; interest payable quarterly	$	521,000	$	821,000
FHLB advances; fixed and variable interest rates ranging from 3.36% to 6.27% due from 2008 to 2018, notwithstanding certain earlier call dates; collateralized by a blanket lien on qualifying loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residences valued at $388.1 million, commercial loans valued at $69.8 million, and mortgage-backed securities valued at $116.6 million; initial maturity of one year or greater; interest payable quarterly		328,113		852,140
Subordinated Notes; due June 15, 2036; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.59%; balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after June 15, 2011 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		41,238		—
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary; redeemable May 31, 2012; unsecured; dividends payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.50% (2)		38,500		38,500
Subordinated Notes; due July 7, 2036; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.56%; balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after July 7, 2011 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		36,083		—
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary; redeemable January 31, 2031; unsecured; dividends payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to 11.125% (2)		26,300		26,300
Subordinated Notes; due October 7, 2032; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.65% (not to exceed 12.5% through July 7, 2007); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part on or after July 7, 2007 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		25,774		25,774
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary; redeemable January 31, 2011; preferred stock can be redeemed in whole or in part on or after December 8, 2005; unsecured; dividends payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.00% (2)		25,000		25,000
Subordinated Notes; due November 7, 2032; unsecured; interest payable semi-annually and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.45% (not to exceed 12.5% through November 7, 2007); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after November 7, 2007 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		22,681		22,681
Subordinated Notes; due June 30, 2032; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.65% (not to exceed 12.0% through June 30, 2007); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after June 30, 2007 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		20,619		20,619
Subordinated Notes; due July 30, 2032; unsecured; interest payable semi-annually and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to six-month LIBOR plus 3.625% (not to exceed 12.0% through July 30, 2007); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after July 30, 2007 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		18,042		18,042
Subordinated Notes; due December 17, 2013; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.83%; balance can be prepaid on December 17, 2008 at par plus accrued and unpaid interest		10,000		10,000
Subordinated Notes; due June 30, 2032; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.65% (not to exceed 12.0% through June 30, 2007); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after June 30, 2007 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		4,124		4,124
Subordinated Notes; due April 22, 2032; unsecured; interest payable semi-annually and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to six-month LIBOR plus 3.70% (not to exceed 11.0% through April 22, 2007); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after April 22, 2007 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		4,124		4,124

108

	2006		2005
Subordinated Notes; due June 26, 2033; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.10% (not to exceed 11.75% through June 26, 2008); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after June 26, 2008 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		3,093		3,093
Subordinated Notes; due December 26, 2032; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.25% (not to exceed 11.75% through December 26, 2007); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after December 26, 2007 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		3,093		3,093
Note payable; interest at 12.50% due December 31, 2012; collateralized by a United States Treasury note valued at $2.1 million; with current annual payments of approximately $232,000		828		865
Employee stock ownership plan note payable to RBC/Centura Bank; due July 23, 2007; collateralized by 22,661 shares of TSFG stock valued at approximately $603,000; interest at Centura Bank’s prime rate less 1.25% with monthly principal payments of $25,000		200		500
Subordinated Notes; due December 8, 2031; unsecured; interest payable semi-annually and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to six-month LIBOR plus 3.75% (not to exceed 11.0% through December 8, 2006); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after December 8, 2006 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		—		31,959
Subordinated Notes; due December 18, 2031; unsecured; interest payable quarterly and at maturity at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.60% (not to exceed 12.5% through December 18, 2006); balance can be prepaid in whole or in part after December 18, 2006 at accrued and unpaid interest plus outstanding principal (1)		—		6,186
Subordinated Notes; due December 20, 2006; unsecured; interest payable semi-annually of each year and at maturity at a rate per annum of 6.33%		—		6,000
		1,128,812		1,920,000
Purchase accounting premiums, net of amortization		1,663		2,151
	$	1,130,475	$	1,922,151

⁽¹⁾ The balance can also be prepaid in whole (but not in part) at any time within a specified number of days (as defined in the indenture) following the occurrence of a tax event, an investment company event, or a capital treatment event at a special redemption price (as defined in the indenture).

⁽²⁾ The balance can be redeemed in whole or in part following the occurrence of a tax or capital event (as defined in the terms of the preferred stock).

Required annual principal payments for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

2007	$	269
2008		52,874
2009		130,080
2010		83,086
2011		60,094
Thereafter		802,409
	$	1,128,812

During the second half of 2006, the FHLB and certain structured repurchase agreement counterparties exercised options to put certain long-term borrowings back to TSFG. The funding was repaid and replaced with non-puttable funding, which is reflected on the December 31, 2006 balance sheet as an increase to other short-term borrowings and brokered deposits.

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization, totaled $4.5 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. Amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $671,000, $671,000, and $596,000 in 2006, 2005, and 2004 and is reported in other noninterest expenses on the consolidated statements of income.

109

During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, TSFG recognized losses on the early extinguishment of debt totaling $821,000, $7.1 million, and $1.4 million, respectively. Such losses are included in noninterest expenses. The loss for 2006 reflects the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with $38.1 million of subordinated notes, with interest rates ranging from 8.99% to 9.17%, which TSFG called for redemption. The loss for 2005 reflects the costs to terminate certain structured repurchase agreement borrowings totaling $1.5 billion, with interest rates ranging from 2.12% to 3.74%. The losses were offset by a gain related to prepayment discounts on Federal Home Loan Bank advances totaling $345.0 million with fixed interest rates ranging from 1.84% to 3.57%. The loss for 2004 related to prepayment penalties for repurchase agreement borrowings totaling $185.0 million with interest rates ranging from 1.54% to 2.99%.

Note 20. Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

Legal Proceedings

TSFG is currently subject to various legal proceedings and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management based on consultation with external legal counsel, any reasonably foreseeable outcome of such current litigation would not be expected to materially affect TSFG’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Recourse Reserve

As part of its acquisition of Florida Banks, TSFG acquired a recourse reserve associated with loans previously sold from Florida Banks’ wholesale mortgage operation. This recourse requires the repurchase of loans at par plus accrued interest from the buyer, upon the occurrence of certain events. At December 31, 2006, the estimated recourse reserve liability, included in other liabilities, totaled $6.1 million. TSFG will continue to evaluate the reserve level and may make adjustments through earnings as more information becomes known. There can be no guarantee that any liability or cost arising out of this matter will not exceed any established reserves.

Lease Commitments

Minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

2007	$	18,906
2008		18,573
2009		16,391
2010		13,401
2011		12,592
Thereafter		104,645
	$	184,508

Leases on premises and equipment have options for extensions under substantially the same terms as in the original lease period with certain rate escalations. Lease payments charged to expense totaled $17.3 million, $15.0 million, and $11.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The leases typically provide that the lessee pay property taxes, insurance, and maintenance cost.

Lending Commitments and Guarantees

In the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers, TSFG is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to

110

extend credit, standby letters of credit, repurchase agreements, and documentary letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

TSFG’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. TSFG uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. TSFG evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by TSFG upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation.

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at December 31, 2006 were approximately $2.4 billion and included the following (in thousands):

Loan commitments:
Commercial, financial, agricultural, and other	$	885,087
Commercial secured by real estate		807,126
Home equity loans		512,263
Standby letters of credit		177,905
Documentary letters of credit		944
Unused business credit card lines		28,442

The total portfolios of loans serviced or subserviced for non-affiliated parties at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $284.7 million and $118.3 million, respectively.

TSFG directors, directors of subsidiaries of TSFG, executive officers, and associates of such persons were customers of and had transactions with TSFG in the ordinary course of business. Included in such transactions are loan commitments, all of which were made under normal credit terms and did not involve more than normal risk of collection. At December 31, 2006, the aggregate dollar amount of these unfunded loan commitments to the aforementioned directors, officers and their associates totaled $31.7 million and are included in the unfunded loan commitments presented above.

Standby letters of credit represent an obligation of TSFG to a third party contingent upon the failure of TSFG’s customer to perform under the terms of an underlying contract with the third party. The underlying contract may entail either financial or nonfinancial obligations and may involve such things as the customer’s delivery of merchandise, completion of a construction contract, release of a lien, or repayment of an obligation. Under the terms of a standby letter, drafts will be generally drawn only when the underlying event fails to occur as intended. TSFG has legal recourse to its customers for amounts paid, and these obligations are secured or unsecured, depending on the customers’ creditworthiness. Commitments under standby letters of credit are usually for one year or less. TSFG evaluates its obligation to perform as a guarantor and records reserves as deemed necessary and such amount was not significant at December 31, 2006. The maximum potential amount of undiscounted future payments related to standby letters of credit at December 31, 2006 was $177.9 million.

Note 21. Capital Stock

On December 14, 2006, TSFG’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to 4 million shares. This authorization replaced TSFG’s existing stock repurchase authorization. Subsequent

111

to year end, on January 29, 2007, TSFG repurchased 1 million shares in connection with the aforementioned authorization, under an accelerated share repurchase agreement.

On November 10, 2004, TSFG filed a “universal shelf” registration statement registering up to $750.0 million of securities to provide additional flexibility in managing capital levels, both in terms of debt and equity. No securities have been offered or sold under this shelf registration to date. The filing of this shelf registration on November 10, 2004 terminated TSFG’s previous shelf registration statement filed June 27, 2003.

TSFG has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan, which allows shareholders to invest dividends and optional cash payments in additional shares of common stock. Shareholders of record are automatically eligible to participate in the plan.

Note 22. Regulatory Capital Requirements

TSFG and the Subsidiary Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on TSFG’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, TSFG and the Subsidiary Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. TSFG’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require TSFG and the Subsidiary Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulation) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2006, that TSFG and the Subsidiary Banks met all capital adequacy requirements.

As of December 31, 2006, the most recent notification from federal banking agencies categorized TSFG and the Subsidiary Banks as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Subsidiary Banks must maintain minimum total risk-based capital, tier 1 capital, and tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. Since December 31, 2006, there have been no events or conditions that management believes have changed the Subsidiary Banks’ categories.

112

TSFG’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ capital levels at December 31 exceeded the “well capitalized levels,” as shown below (dollars in thousands):

	Actual						For Capital Adequacy Purposes						To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	2006			2005			2006			2005			2006			2005
TSFG
Tier 1 capital	$	1,123,448		$	1,001,841		$	460,086		$	452,321			n/a			n/a
Total risk-based capital		1,302,469			1,181,672			920,172			904,641			n/a			n/a
Tier 1 capital ratio		9.77	%		8.86	%		4.00	%		4.00	%		n/a			n/a
Total risk-based capital ratio		11.32			10.45			8.00			8.00			n/a			n/a
Leverage ratio		8.34			7.07			4.00			4.00			n/a			n/a
Carolina First Bank
Tier 1 capital	$	652,897		$	574,184		$	283,028		$	273,988		$	424,542		$	410,982
Total risk-based capital		815,930			735,467			566,056			547,976			707,570			684,971
Tier 1 capital ratio		9.23	%		8.38	%		4.00	%		4.00	%		6.00	%		6.00	%
Total risk-based capital ratio		11.53			10.74			8.00			8.00			10.00			10.00
Leverage ratio		7.70			6.26			4.00			4.00			5.00			5.00
Mercantile Bank
Tier 1 capital	$	413,006		$	357,736		$	181,407		$	184,031		$	272,110		$	276,047
Total risk-based capital		545,394			491,438			362,814			368,062			453,517			460,078
Tier 1 capital ratio		9.11	%		7.78	%		4.00	%		4.00	%		6.00	%		6.00	%
Total risk-based capital ratio		12.03			10.68			8.00			8.00			10.00			10.00
Leverage ratio		8.07			6.85			4.00			4.00			5.00			5.00

Note 23. Restriction of Dividends from Subsidiaries

The ability of TSFG to pay cash dividends over the long term is dependent upon receiving cash in the form of dividends from its subsidiaries. South Carolina’s banking regulations restrict the amount of dividends that Carolina First Bank can pay. All dividends paid from Carolina First Bank are payable only from the net income of the current year, unless prior regulatory approval is granted. The Florida statutes permit Mercantile Bank to pay dividends from the net income of the current period combined with retained earnings of the preceding two years without prior approval of Mercantile Bank’s regulatory agency with certain limitations. Capital adequacy considerations could further limit the availability of dividends from the Subsidiary Banks.

The terms for the mandatory redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary included in long-term debt specify certain asset coverage and cash flow tests, which, if triggered, may prohibit the subsidiary from paying dividends to Carolina First Bank, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends to TSFG.

113

Note 24. Average Share Information

The following is a summary of the basic and diluted average common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31:

	2006	2005	2004
Basic
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)	74,940,249	73,307,403	64,592,317
Diluted
Average common shares outstanding	74,940,249	73,307,403	64,592,317
Dilutive potential common shares	602,599	1,287,223	1,642,854
Average diluted shares outstanding (denominator)	75,542,848	74,594,626	66,235,171

The following options were outstanding for the years ended December 31 but were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares:

2006		2005		2004
Number of shares	Range of Exercise Prices	Number of shares	Range of Exercise Prices	Number of shares	Range of Exercise Prices
500,900	$26.69 to $27.68	236,698	$29.06 to $29.40	25,180	$29.93 to $30.35
503,429	$27.70 to $31.26	61,419	$29.93 to $31.26	33,489	$31.26
362,515	$31.96	420,995	$31.96	515,710	$31.96

Note 25. Stock Compensation Plans

TSFG has a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), a restricted stock plan, and various stock option plans. These plans provide for grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), restricted stock, options to purchase TSFG’s $1 par value common stock, or other share-based awards. Service awards are expensed over the vesting period (typically three or five years following the grant date). For performance-based RSUs and restricted stock, TSFG estimates the degree to which performance conditions will be met to determine the number of shares which will vest and the related compensation expense prior to the vesting date. Compensation expense is adjusted in the period such estimates change. Income tax benefits related to stock compensation in excess of grant date fair value are recognized as an increase to surplus upon vesting and delivery of the stock. The compensation cost that was charged against income for these plans and the total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for share-based compensation arrangements were as follows (in thousands):

	2006		2005		2004
Compensation cost charged against income	$	6,418	$	1,720	$	2,870
Total income tax benefit recognized in income statement		1,252		602		1,004

Restricted Stock and Other Share-Based Awards

TSFG’s LTIP provides for incentive compensation in the form of stock options, restricted stock, RSUs, performance units (which may be stock based), stock appreciation rights and other stock-based forms of director compensation. These grants may be made to directors, officers, employees, prospective employees, and consultants of TSFG. At December 31, 2006, authorized shares under the LTIP totaled 2.0 million shares (subject to further limitation of 1.2 million shares for restricted stock), of which 711,611 shares were available to be granted. TSFG also has a Restricted Stock Plan for awards to certain key employees. At December 31, 2006, authorized shares under the Restricted Stock Plan totaled 875,000 shares, of which 173,085 shares were available to be granted.

114

During the year ended December 31, 2006, TSFG awarded 18,135 shares with a weighted-average fair value of $26.41 for director compensation under the LTIP and expensed $479,000 in directors’ fees associated with these grants in the same period. During the year ended December 31, 2005, TSFG awarded 14,599 shares with a weighted-average fair value of $29.29 for director compensation under the LTIP and expensed $428,000 in directors’ fees associated with these grants in the same period.

Shares of restricted stock granted to employees under both the LTIP and the Restricted Stock Plan are subject to restrictions as to continuous employment for a specified time period following the date of grant. During this period, the holder is entitled to full voting rights and dividends.

In 2006, TSFG’s board of directors approved new LTIP awards for the period 2006 – 2008. A total of 343,335 RSUs have been reserved for potential issuance for the 2006 – 2008 period, which includes both service and performance-based awards. Of these units, the service award component (90,330 RSUs) will be expensed ratably over the three-year vesting period, assuming continued employment of the LTIP participant. The remaining RSUs are performance-based awards and will vest based on achieving, during 2008, certain earnings per share targets relative to a broad regional bank peer group, and return on equity targets. Achieving target performance (100%) on both of the performance goals will result in the issuance of 168,670 shares, although a maximum of 84,335 additional shares may be issued if more stringent performance hurdles are met. The compensation expense related to the performance-based RSUs will be recognized ratably over the period from the date of award through December 31, 2008, based on management’s assessment of the probability that the performance targets will be met. Based on its assessment at December 31, 2006, management determined that it is not probable that the performance targets will be met. Consequently, TSFG recognized no expense related to the performance targets in 2006. If the performance targets are not reached, the corresponding RSUs will be forfeited.

Additionally, in the third quarter 2006, TSFG’s board of directors issued 400,000 RSUs with a total grant date fair value of $10.8 million to the CEO/Chairman in connection with amending his employment agreement. The RSUs will be expensed ratably over the seven-year vesting period, unless certain events (including termination without cause, death, disability, or change of control) occur which would accelerate vesting (and thus expensing) of the RSUs.

The following is a summary of the status of TSFG’s nonvested shares of restricted stock and RSUs as of December 31, 2006 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2006.

	LTIP								Restricted Stock Plan
	RSUs		Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value		Restricted Shares		Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value		Restricted Shares		Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2006	—		$	—	62,803		$	30.54	106,650		$	28.30
Granted	767,466	(1)		26.92	—			—	12,500			26.71
Vested	(1,333	)		26.83	(18,443	)		30.54	(39,729	)		28.30
Cancelled	(22,798	)		26.83	(2,551	)		30.54	(3,900	)		28.30
Nonvested at December 31, 2006	743,335	(1)		26.08	41,809			30.54	75,521			28.04

⁽¹⁾ Assumes maximum performance targets are met for performance-based awards.

As of December 31, 2006, there was $19.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares of restricted stock and RSUs, assuming maximum performance targets are met for performance-based awards. At such date, the weighted-average period over which the service component of this unrecognized expense is expected to be recognized was 3.0 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $1.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

115

In 2005, under the LTIP, TSFG issued cash-settled stand alone stock appreciation rights, which are accounted for as liability-classified awards pursuant to SFAS 123R. The strike price of each stock appreciation right equals the fair market value of TSFG’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights issued to employees under this plan are exercisable on a cumulative basis for 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant, and have a maximum contractual term of ten years. The following is a summary of the stock appreciation rights activity under the LTIP for the year ended December 31, 2006.

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($000)
Outstanding, January 1, 2006	271,550		$	29.40
Granted	—			—
Cancelled	(45,590	)		29.40
Exercised	—			—
Outstanding, December 31, 2006	225,960		$	29.40	8.9	$	—
Exercisable, December 31, 2006	45,600		$	29.40	8.9	$	—

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock appreciation rights totaled $448,000 at December 31, 2006. At such date, the weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense is expected to be recognized was 4.0 years.

Stock Option Plans

TSFG has a Stock Option Plan, a Directors’ Stock Option Plan, a Fortune 50 Stock Option Plan, and various option plans assumed in connection with acquisitions (collectively referred to as “stock-based option plans”). At December 31, 2006, authorized shares under the Stock Option Plan totaled 4.7 million shares, of which 84,000 were available to be granted. The exercise price of each option either equals or exceeds the fair market value of TSFG’s Common Stock on the date of grant. Options issued to employees under the Stock Option Plan are typically exercisable on a cumulative basis for 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant, and have a maximum contractual term of ten years. Under the Directors’ Stock Option Plan, TSFG may grant options to its non-employee directors and advisory board members. At December 31, 2006, authorized shares under the Directors’ Stock Option Plan totaled 650,000 shares, of which 128,000 were available to be granted. The exercise price of each director’s option equals the fair market value of TSFG’s common stock on the date of grant. Options issued to directors under the Directors’ Stock Option Plan vest immediately on the grant date, and have a maximum contractual term of ten years.

116

The fair value of TSFG’s stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate. Additionally, there may be other factors that would otherwise have a significant effect on the value of employee stock options granted but are not considered by the model. Accordingly, while management believes that the Black-Scholes option-pricing model provides a reasonable estimate of fair value, the model does not necessarily provide the best single measure of fair value for TSFG’s employee stock options. Assumptions include, but are not limited to, TSFG’s expected price volatility over the term of the awards, which is based on historical volatility of TSFG’s common stock. The following is a summary of TSFG’s weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the weighted-average per share fair value of options granted on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:

	2006			2005			2004
Expected life (in years)		6.07			6.71			7.09
Expected volatility		26.50	%		30.40	%		34.85	%
Risk-free interest rate		4.57			4.30			3.78
Expected dividend yield		2.61			2.20			2.04
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period	$	6.70		$	8.79		$	10.62

The following is a summary of the activity under the stock-based option plans for the year ended December 31, 2006.

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($000)
Outstanding, January 1, 2006	4,245,664		$	21.45
Granted	967,750			26.05
Cancelled	(206,866	)		28.19
Exercised	(472,812	)		15.54
Outstanding, December 31, 2006	4,533,736		$	22.74	5.9	$	20,960
Exercisable, December 31, 2006	2,868,610		$	20.23	4.2	$	19,845

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $1.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options totaled $9.5 million at December 31, 2006. At such date, the weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense is expected to be recognized was 3.8 years.

Cash received from options exercised under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $7.0 million and $11.6 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercise of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $1.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. TSFG has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy stock option exercises.

Note 26. Employee Benefits

TSFG maintains the Carolina First Salary Reduction Plan and Trust (“401(k) Plan”) for all eligible employees. Upon ongoing approval of the Board of Directors, TSFG matches employee contributions equal to six percent of compensation subject to certain adjustments and limitations. Contributions of $5.5 million, $4.7 million, and $3.9 million were charged to operations in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

117

TSFG maintains The South Financial Group, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) for all eligible employees. The ESOP has a loan, guaranteed by TSFG, used to acquire shares of stock of TSFG. Such stock is pledged as collateral for the loan. At December 31, 2006, the ESOP owned 176,471 shares of TSFG stock, of which 22,661 were pledged to secure the loan. The remainder was allocated to individual accounts of participants. In accordance with the requirements of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statements of Position 76-3 and 93-6, TSFG presents the outstanding loan amount as long-term debt and as a reduction of shareholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 19). TSFG contributions to the ESOP are the primary source of funds used to service the debt. Annual contributions consist of amounts necessary to service the debt and other amounts at the discretion of, and determined by, the Board of Directors, and may not exceed the maximum amount deductible under the applicable sections of the Internal Revenue Code. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, contributions of $363,000, $402,000, and $432,000, respectively, were charged to operations. There were no discretionary contributions made during 2006.

TSFG maintains Supplementary Executive Retirement Plans (“SERPs”) for certain officers. These plans provide salary continuation benefits after the participant reaches normal retirement age (usually age 65) or early retirement (age 55 and 7 years of service) and continue for 15 years. The SERPs also provide limited benefits in the event of early termination or disability while employed by TSFG and full benefits to the officer’s beneficiaries in the event of the officer’s death. In the event of a change of control of TSFG as defined in the SERPs, the officers become 100% vested in the total benefit. TSFG has purchased life insurance policies on these officers in order to fund the payments required by the SERPs. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, costs of $3.7 million, $5.1 million, and $3.5 million, respectively, were charged to expense related to these SERPs.

The SERP liability is accrued over the period until normal retirement date. The accrual is determined based on the present value of the estimated annual benefit payments at normal retirement, and by calculating a level principal amount required for the accrual to reach the present value of the estimated annual benefit payments at normal retirement. A discount rate is used to determine the present value of future benefit obligations. The discount rate for each plan is determined using the Moodys Aaa corporate bond rate published in the Federal Register as of the prior year end. In determining the estimated future annual benefit obligations, an estimated rate of compensation growth of 5% per year is used. Compensation, for purposes of determining the annual benefit levels as defined in the plans, is the average of the highest three years annual base salary plus bonus. The benefit level, as a percentage of compensation, generally ranges between 15% and 60%, as specified in each SERP agreement.

If the Executive retires prior to normal retirement, or there is a change in the anticipated retirement date, and the Executive is eligible for the early retirement benefit under the SERP plan, the accrual is adjusted to reflect the calculated amount pursuant to provisions of the early retirement benefit.

TSFG maintains an Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for certain officers. This plan allows the participant to defer up to 80% of base annual salary and 100% of annual bonus compensation on a pre-tax basis. TSFG provides a match of 10% of the employee contribution. The deferral elections are irrevocable and cannot be changed during the plan year. TSFG’s match becomes fully vested after five years. Payments from the plan will automatically begin upon the employee’s retirement, termination of employment, or death during employment. However, participants may choose to receive payments prior to these events, such as an in-service distribution, an elective early withdrawal, or upon a change in control. Deferred compensation expense, which is associated with TSFG’s matching contributions, totaled $144,000, $140,000, and $130,000 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Beginning on January 1, 2003, under TSFG’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for certain officers, TSFG common stock was added as an investment option for deferred compensation. The common stock purchased by TSFG for this deferred compensation plan is maintained in a rabbi trust

118

(the “Trust”), on behalf of the participants. The assets of the Trust are subject to the claims of general creditors of TSFG. Dividends payable on the common shares held by the Trust will be reinvested in additional shares of common stock of TSFG on behalf of the participants. The deferred compensation obligation in the Trust is classified as a component of shareholders’ equity, and the common stock held by the Trust is classified as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. The obligations of TSFG under this investment option of the deferred compensation plan, and the shares held by the Trust, have no net effect on outstanding shares. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the common stock are not reflected in earnings or shareholders’ equity.

Note 27. Merger-Related and Direct Acquisition Costs

In connection with its acquisitions in 2005 and 2004, TSFG recorded pre-tax merger-related costs, included in expense, and direct acquisition costs, included in goodwill. The merger-related and direct acquisition costs were recorded as incurred. The following summarizes these charges (in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:

	2005		2004
Merger-Related Costs
Compensation-related expenses	$	833	$	2,533
System conversion costs		906		1,505
Travel		491		910
Advertising		729		214
Other		1,050		2,704
	$	4,009	$	7,866
Direct Acquisition Costs
Investment banking and professional fees	$	2,808	$	5,432
Contract and lease terminations		1,078		8,547
Severance		312		1,094
	$	4,198	$	15,073

Severance charges are associated with the involuntary termination of former acquiree employees who held positions deemed redundant within the combined organization. These positions were primarily in centralized corporate support and data processing areas. The contract termination costs are primarily comprised of payments required to be made to certain executives pursuant to their employment contracts. The lease termination costs were for buyouts on leased facilities.

Note 28. Related Party Transactions

During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, lease payments aggregating approximately $37,000, $27,000, and $26,000, respectively, were made to affiliates of directors or companies in which certain directors have an interest. These lease payments were made in the ordinary course of business and were on terms comparable to those that would have been obtained between unrelated parties.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, TSFG had loans to TSFG directors, directors of its subsidiaries, executive officers, and associates of such persons totaling $48.9 million and $39.5 million, respectively. All of these loans were made under normal credit terms and did not involve more than normal risk of collection. At December 31, 2006, the aggregate dollar amount of these unfunded loan commitments to the aforementioned directors, officers and their associates totaled $31.7 million. See Notes 9 and 20 for further details.

119

Note 29. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“SFAS 107”), requires disclosure of fair value information, whether or not recognized in the statement of financial position, when it is practical to estimate the fair value. SFAS 107 defines a financial instrument as cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity or contractual obligations, which require the exchange of cash, or other financial instruments. Certain items are specifically excluded from the disclosure requirements, including TSFG’s common stock, premises and equipment, accrued interest receivable and payable, and other assets and liabilities.

Fair value approximates book value for the following financial instruments due to the short-term nature of the instrument: cash and due from banks, interest-bearing bank balances, federal funds sold, federal funds purchased and short-term repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings.

Investment securities are valued using quoted market prices. Fair value for loans is based on the discounted present value of the estimated future cash flows. Discount rates used in these computations approximate the rates currently offered for similar loans of comparable terms and credit quality. Loan commitments and letters of credit, which are off-balance-sheet financial instruments, are short-term and typically based on current market rates; therefore, the fair values of these items are not included in the following table.

Fair value for demand deposit accounts and interest-bearing accounts with no fixed maturity date is equal to the carrying value. Certificate of deposit accounts are estimated by discounting cash flows from expected maturities using current interest rates on similar instruments. For brokered deposits the call date is used instead of maturity date. Fair value for long-term debt is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates for similar instruments.

TSFG has used management’s best estimate of fair value based on the above assumptions. Thus, the fair values presented may not be the amounts, which could be realized, in an immediate sale or settlement of the instrument. In addition, any income taxes or other expenses, which would be incurred in an actual sale or settlement, are not taken into consideration in the fair values presented. The estimated fair values of TSFG’s financial instruments (in thousands) at December 31 were as follows:

	2006				2005
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	326,567	$	326,567	$	341,195	$	341,195
Interest-bearing bank balances		31,264		31,264		21,510		21,510
Trading securities		—		—		1,402		1,402
Securities available for sale		2,743,456		2,743,456		3,095,567		3,095,567
Securities held to maturity		52,308		52,101		62,648		62,697
Net loans		9,618,760		9,639,809		9,368,799		9,375,917
Derivative assets		9,958		9,958		6,725		6,725
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		9,516,740		9,557,941		9,234,437		8,691,573
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		1,421,099		1,421,099		1,421,301		1,421,301
Other short-term borrowings		347,620		347,620		53,064		53,064
Long-term debt		1,130,475		1,135,445		1,922,151		1,921,082
Derivative liabilities		42,907		42,907		42,968		42,968

120

Note 30. Business Segments

TSFG has two principal operating segments, Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank, which are evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. Both of these subsidiaries, by virtue of exceeding certain quantitative thresholds, are reportable segments. The reportable segments engage in general banking business focusing on commercial, consumer and mortgage lending to small and middle market businesses and consumers in their market areas. The reportable segments also provide demand transaction accounts and time deposit accounts to businesses and individuals. Carolina First Bank offers products and services primarily to customers in South Carolina, North Carolina and on the Internet. Mercantile Bank offers products and services primarily to customers in its market areas in Florida. Revenues for Carolina First Bank and Mercantile Bank are derived primarily from interest and fees on loans, interest on investment securities, service charges on deposits, wealth management income, and other customer-related fees. No single customer accounts for a significant amount of the revenues of either reportable segment.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. TSFG accounts for inter-segment revenues and expenses as if these transactions were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. TSFG evaluates performance based on budget to actual comparisons and segment profits.

121

Segment information (in thousands) is shown in the table below. The “Other” column includes all other business activities that did not meet the quantitative thresholds and therefore are not shown as a reportable segment. Effective December 1, 2005, CF Technology Services Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TSFG, was merged into Carolina First Bank. Reclassifications have been made to the 2005 and 2004 presentations in order to conform to the current presentation.

	Carolina First Bank		Mercantile Bank			Other			Eliminating Entries			Total
Year Ended December 31, 2006
Net interest income	$	249,914	$	168,022		$	(16,566	)	$	—		$	401,370
Provision for credit losses		26,138		6,650			—			—			32,788
Noninterest income		124,139		41,123			10,122			(43,333	)		132,051
Noninterest expenses		239,806		128,624			14,988			(43,333	)		340,085
Amortization of intangibles (a)		2,859		5,770			146			—			8,775
Income tax expense		32,111		21,941			(6,370	)		—			47,682
Net income		75,998		51,930			(15,062	)		—			112,866
December 31, 2006
Total assets	$	8,714,292	$	5,640,960		$	1,811,748		$	(1,956,484	)	$	14,210,516
Total loans		5,905,885		3,914,538			—			(90,000	)		9,730,423
Total deposits		5,844,057		3,719,874			—			(47,191	)		9,516,740
Year Ended December 31, 2005
Net interest income	$	254,691	$	164,919		$	(10,554	)	$	—		$	409,056
Provision for credit losses		31,554		9,057			(19	)		—			40,592
Noninterest income		53,069		23,247			17,702			(38,808	)		55,210
Noninterest expenses		226,675		118,015			22,171			(38,808	)		328,053
Merger-related costs (a)		—		4,009			—			—			4,009
Amortization of intangibles (a)		3,177		5,314			146			—			8,637
Income tax expense		11,946		18,762			(5,304	)		—			25,404
Discontinued operations, net of income tax		—		(396	)		—			—			(396	)
Net income		37,585		41,936			(9,700	)		—			69,821
December 31, 2005
Total assets	$	9,026,550	$	5,701,350		$	1,700,523		$	(2,109,138	)	$	14,319,285
Total loans		5,695,119		3,871,447			—			(90,000	)		9,476,566
Total deposits		5,646,031		3,647,630			—			(59,224	)		9,234,437
Year Ended December 31, 2004
Net interest income	$	239,253	$	103,272		$	(6,684	)	$	—		$	335,841
Provision for credit losses		27,591		7,387			9			—			34,987
Noninterest income		114,732		20,510			13,013			(23,378	)		124,877
Noninterest expenses		184,120		74,110			15,392			(23,378	)		250,244
Merger-related costs (a)		779		7,010			77			—			7,866
Amortization of intangibles (a)		3,170		2,658			215			—			6,043
Income tax expense		43,568		16,757			(4,836	)		—			55,489
Discontinued operations, net of income tax		—		(490	)		—			—			(490	)
Net income		98,706		25,038			(4,236	)		—			119,508

^(a) Included in noninterest expenses

122

Note 31. Parent Company Financial Information

The following is condensed financial information (dollars in thousands) of The South Financial Group (Parent Company only):

Condensed Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2006		2005
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	44,986	$	57,752
Investment in subsidiaries:
Bank subsidiaries		1,697,533		1,572,638
Nonbank subsidiaries		5,042		5,014
Total investment in subsidiaries		1,702,575		1,577,652
Receivable from subsidiaries		664		75
Other investments		15,340		11,092
Other assets		42,022		48,029
	$	1,805,587	$	1,694,600
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	31,421	$	26,952
Payables to subsidiaries		432		1,613
Borrowed funds		32,831		33,433
Subordinated debt		178,871		145,695
Shareholders’ equity		1,562,032		1,486,907
	$	1,805,587	$	1,694,600

Condensed Statements of Income

	Years Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
Income
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries	$	127,977		$	48,292		$	37,854
Dividend income from subsidiaries		—			31,189			84,638
Gain on equity investments		459			3,239			6,056
Interest income from subsidiaries		516			336			277
Sundry		6,603			11,774			5,134
		135,555			94,830			133,959
Expenses
Interest on borrowed funds		17,174			10,950			8,149
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		821			—			—
Sundry		11,094			19,342			10,853
		29,089			30,292			19,002
Income before taxes		106,466			64,538			114,957
Income tax benefit		(6,400	)		(5,283	)		(4,551	)
Net income	$	112,866		$	69,821		$	119,508

123

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
Operating Activities
Net income	$	112,866		$	69,821		$	119,508
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used for) provided by operations
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries		(127,977	)		(48,292	)		(37,854	)
Gain on disposition of equity investments		(459	)		(3,239	)		(6,056	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		821			—			—
Contribution to foundation		—			683			—
Decrease (increase) in other assets		1,692			(8,719	)		2,518
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		3,606			7,024			(5,515	)
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities		(9,451	)		17,278			72,601
Investing Activities
Distribution from (investment in) subsidiaries		334			2,048			(37,279	)
Loans to subsidiaries, net		3,896			3,628			(1,697	)
Purchase of premises and equipment		(10,894	)		(3,354	)		(8,227	)
Sale of premises and equipment		10,645			8,605			2,970
Proceeds from disposition of equity investments		910			9,269			7,282
Purchase of equity investments		(3,541	)		(3,845	)		(3,018	)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		1,350			16,351			(39,969	)
Financing Activities
Borrowings, net		(602	)		3,228			(15,094	)
Issuance of subordinated debt		77,321			—			—
Payment of subordinated debt		(44,145	)		—			—
Cash dividends paid		(51,097	)		(46,750	)		(39,068	)
Other		13,858			15,855			16,827
Net cash used for financing activities		(4,665	)		(27,667	)		(37,335	)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(12,766	)		5,962			(4,703	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		57,752			51,790			56,493
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	44,986		$	57,752		$	51,790

124

Note 32. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following provides quarterly financial data for 2006 and 2005 (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

2006 Quarterly Financial Data

	Three Months Ended
	December 31		September 30		June 30		March 31
Interest income	$	220,530	$	218,591	$	215,712	$	205,367
Interest expense		123,876		119,908		112,590		102,455
Net interest income		96,654		98,683		103,122		102,912
Provision for credit losses		8,838		6,553		7,487		9,911
Noninterest income		32,799		37,912		32,020		29,320
Noninterest expenses		93,564		83,628		83,059		79,834
Income before income taxes		27,051		46,414		44,596		42,487
Income tax expense		3,500		14,249		15,253		14,680
Net income	$	23,551	$	32,165	$	29,343	$	27,807
Net income per common share, basic	$	0.31	$	0.43	$	0.39	$	0.37
Net income per common share, diluted	$	0.31	$	0.43	$	0.39	$	0.37

2005 Quarterly Financial Data

	Three Months Ended
	December 31			September 30		June 30		March 31
Interest income	$	204,412		$	194,735	$	184,901	$	170,249
Interest expense		99,479			91,146		82,616		72,000
Net interest income		104,933			103,589		102,285		98,249
Provision for credit losses		10,833			8,853		9,944		10,962
Noninterest (loss) income		(24,960	)		16,428		50,471		13,271
Noninterest expenses		100,973			81,035		79,535		66,510
(Loss) income before taxes and discontinued operations		(31,833	)		30,129		63,277		34,048
Income tax (benefit) expense		(15,436	)		9,039		20,565		11,236
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(16,397	)		21,090		42,712		22,812
Discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—		—		(396	)
Net (loss) income	$	(16,397	)	$	21,090	$	42,712	$	22,416
Per common share, basic:
(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(0.22	)	$	0.28	$	0.58	$	0.32
Discontinued operations		—			—		—		(0.01	)
Net (loss) income	$	(0.22	)	$	0.28	$	0.58	$	0.31
Per common share, diluted:
(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(0.22	)	$	0.28	$	0.57	$	0.32
Discontinued operations		—			—		—		(0.01	)
Net (loss) income	$	(0.22	)	$	0.28	$	0.57	$	0.31

125

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

TSFG maintains disclosure controls and procedures as required under Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to TSFG’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

(a) At December 31, 2006, TSFG’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of TSFG’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated its disclosure controls and procedures as currently in effect. Based on this evaluation, TSFG’s management concluded that as of December 31, 2006, TSFG’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective (1) to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by TSFG in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by TSFG in such reports was accumulated and communicated to TSFG’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) (1) Statement of management’s responsibility for maintaining adequate internal controls:

See Management’s Statement of Responsibility included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Statement identifying the framework utilized by management to assess internal control:

See Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(3) Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control:

See Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(4) Statement that the independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of internal control:

See Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Attestation report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, on TSFG’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting:

See “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

126

(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting:

TSFG continually assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and strives to enhance its controls in response to internal control assessments and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. There were no changes in TSFG’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation described in paragraph (a) during the quarter ended December 31, 2006 or through the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, TSFG’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

127

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

See Executive Compensation Plan Data in the Registrants’ Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

See Election of Directors, Executive Officers, Business Experience of Directors and Executive Officers, and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

TSFG has adopted a Code of Ethics that is specifically applicable to senior management and financial officers, including its principal executive officer, its principal financial officer, its principal accounting officer and controllers. This Code of Ethics can be viewed on TSFG’s website, www.thesouthgroup.com, under the Investor Relations / Corporate Governance tab. TSFG’s Code of Conduct, applicable to all employees, may also be viewed on TSFG’s website under the Investor Relations / Corporate Governance tab.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

See Director Compensation and Executive Compensation in TSFG’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which information is incorporated herein by reference. However, the information provided in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, other than as provided in Item 402 of Regulation S-K, or subject to liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

See Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in TSFG’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions in TSFG’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

See Audit Fees, Other Audit Committee Matters, and Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 2007 in TSFG’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

128

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements filed as part of this report:

The following items are included in Item 8 hereof:

Management’s Statement of Financial Responsibility	66
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	67
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	68
Report of KPMG LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	70
Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2006 and 2005	71
Consolidated Statements of Income—Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004	72
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income—Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004	73
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004	74
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	76

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements required by Article 9 of Regulation S-X and all other schedules to the financial statements of TSFG required by Article 5 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted, or the required information is contained in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto, which are included in Item 8 hereof.

(a)(3) Listing of Exhibits

Exhibit No.		Description of Exhibit	Location
3.1		Articles of Incorporation.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 of TSFG’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004
3.2		Bylaws of TSFG	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of TSFG’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 17, 2005, Commission File No. 0-15083
4.1		Specimen TSFG Common Stock certificate	Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 of TSFG’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File No. 33-7470
4.2		Articles of Incorporation, as amended	Included as Exhibit 3.1
4.3		Bylaws	Included as Exhibit 3.2
4.4		Amended and Restated Common Stock Dividend Reinvestment Plan	Incorporated by reference to the Prospectus in TSFG’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Commission File No. 333-137578
10.1	*	TSFG Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement Plan	Included herewith

129

Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit	Location
10.2*	TSFG Employee Stock Ownership Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 0-15083
10.3*	TSFG Third Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of TSFG’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006
10.4*	TSFG Salary Reduction Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 28.1 of TSFG’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 33-25424
10.5*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated September 3, 2006 between TSFG and Mack I. Whittle, Jr.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of TSFG’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 3, 2006
10.6*	Noncompetition, Severance and Employment Agreement dated October 4, 2004 by and between TSFG and Timothy K. Schools	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of TSFG’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004
10.7*	Employment Agreements, as amended, between TSFG and James W. Terry, Jr.	Incorporated by reference to (1) Exhibit 10.7 of TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995; to Exhibit 10.3 of TSFG’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and (3) to Exhibit 99.2 of TSFG’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 2006
10.8*	Letter Agreement between John C. DuBose and The South Financial Group, Inc. dated December 28, 2006	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of TSFG’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 2006
10.9*	Employment Agreements, as amended, between TSFG and Andrew B. Cheney	Incorporated by reference to (1) Exhibit 10.10 of TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001; (2) to Exhibit 99.1 of TSFG’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2005; (3) to Exhibit 99.1 of TSFG’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 2006 and (4) to Exhibit 99.1 of TSFG’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 2006
10.10*	TSFG Management Incentive Compensation Plan (MPIP)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 0-15083

130

Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit	Location
10.11*	Amended and Restated TSFG Employee Stock Purchase Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of TSFG’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, Commission File No. 15083
10.12*	TSFG Directors Stock Option Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 from TSFG’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 33-82668/82670
10.13*	TSFG Amended and Restated Fortune 50 Plan	Incorporated by reference to the Prospectus in TSFG’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 333-31948
10.14*	Carolina First Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 0-15083
10.15*	Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements between TSFG and Mack I. Whittle, Jr., Timothy K. Schools, John C. DuBose, Andrew B. Cheney and James W. Terry, Jr.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (for Whittle, Dubose, Cheney and Terry); Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of TSFG’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (for Schools)
10.16*	Amended TSFG Long Term Incentive Plan	Included herewith
10.17*	TSFG Executive Deferred Compensation Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of TSFG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 0-15083
10.18*	Form of Grant for TSFG 2006-2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan – Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement	Included herewith
11.1	Statement of Computation of Earnings Per Share.	Filed herewith as Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
21.1	Subsidiaries of TSFG	Filed herewith
22.1	Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders	Future filing incorporated by reference pursuant to General Instruction G(3)
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	Filed herewith
23.2	Consent of KPMG LLP	Filed herewith
23.3	Opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	Included herewith
23.4	Opinion of KPMG LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	Included herewith
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14a/15(d)-14(a) of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith

131

Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit	Location
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14a/15(d)-14(a) of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith
32.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith

* This is a management contract or compensatory plan.

Copies of exhibits are available upon written request to the Corporate Secretary of The South Financial Group, Inc.

Type Date Filed Reporting Purpose

(c) See Item 15(a)(3).

132

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/    MACK I. WHITTLE, JR.         Mack I. Whittle, Jr.	President and Chief Executive Officer	February 28, 2007
/s/    TIMOTHY K. SCHOOLS         Timothy K. Schools	Executive Vice President (Principal Accounting and Chief Financial Officer)	February 28, 2007

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities on the date indicated:

Name	Title	Date
/s/    MACK I. WHITTLE, JR.         Mack I. Whittle, Jr.	Chairman and Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    WILLIAM P. BRANT         William P. Brant	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    J. W. DAVIS         J. W. Davis	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    C. CLAYMON GRIMES, JR.         C. Claymon Grimes, Jr.	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    M. DEXTER HAGY         M. Dexter Hagy	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    WILLIAM S. HUMMERS III         William S. Hummers III	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    CHALLIS M. LOWE         Challis M. Lowe	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    DARLA MOORE         Darla Moore	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    JON W. PRITCHETT         Jon W. Pritchett	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    H. EARLE RUSSELL, JR.         H. Earle Russell, Jr.	Director	February 28, 2007

133

Name	Title	Date
/s/    CHARLES B. SCHOOLER         Charles B. Schooler	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    EDWARD J. SEBASTIAN         Edward J. Sebastian	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    JOHN C. B. SMITH, JR.         John C. B. Smith, Jr.	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    WILLIAM R. TIMMONS III         William R. Timmons III	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    SAMUEL H. VICKERS         Samuel H. Vickers	Director	February 28, 2007
/s/    DAVID C. WAKEFIELD III         David C. Wakefield III	Director	February 28, 2007

134

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.	Description
10.1	TSFG Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement Plan
10.16	Amended TSFG Long Term Incentive Plan
10.18	Form of Grant for TSFG 2006-2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan – Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
21.1	Subsidiaries of TSFG
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2	Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14a/15(d)-14(a) of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14a/15(d)-14(a) of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
32.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

135

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

AMENDMENT 1 TO THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP’S

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT PLAN

This Amendment 1 (this “Amendment”) to The South Financial Group Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement Plan (the “Plan”) is made by The South Financial Group, to be effective as of the date hereof. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

The third and fourth sentences of Section 1 of the Plan are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof, the total amount of Shares which may be issued pursuant to Restricted Stock Agreements under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 500,000 Shares. This limitation of 500,000 Shares shall be calculated as of the date hereof, and any Shares previously granted under the Plan (as adjusted pursuant to Section 8 hereof) shall be counted against this 500,000 Share limitation.

Except as amended by this Amendment, the Plan is ratified and affirmed in its entirety.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is entered into as of November 18, 1997.

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP
By:	/s/    WILLIAM S. HUMMERS III
Name:	William S. Hummers III
Title:	Executive Vice President

AMENDMENT 2 TO THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP’S

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT PLAN

This Amendment 2 (this “Amendment”) to The South Financial Group Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement Plan (the “Plan”) is made by The South Financial Group, Inc. (formerly known as The South Financial Group), to be effective as of the date hereof. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

1. The third and fourth sentences of Section 1 of the Plan are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof, the total amount of Shares which may be issued pursuant to Restricted Stock Agreements under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 750,000 Shares. This limitation of 750,000 Shares shall be calculated as of the date hereof, and any Shares previously granted under the Plan (as adjusted pursuant to Section 8 hereof) shall be counted against this 750,000 Share limitation.

2. The name of the Plan is amended to reflect the change of the name of the corporation from The South Financial Group to The South Financial Group, Inc. Hereafter the name of the Plan shall be “The South Financial Group, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement Plan.”

Except as amended by this Amendment, the Plan is ratified and affirmed in its entirety.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is entered into as of April 30, 2002.

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/    WILLIAM S. HUMMERS III
Name:	William S. Hummers III
Title:	Executive Vice President

AMENDMENT #3 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT PLAN

The Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement Plan is hereby amended to provide that a total of 875,000 shares will be issuable thereunder.

Effective: February 19, 2003.

CAROLINA FIRST CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT PLAN

(Amended and Restated as of April 20, 1994)

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Carolina First Corporation Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide additional incentives to certain key employees of Carolina First Corporation and its subsidiaries (referred to collectively herein as the “Company”), to advance the interests of the Company and to enable it to attract and retain highly competent employees. The stock subject to the Plan shall be shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (“Shares”) authorized for issuance by the shareholders of the Company but not issued at the time of the grant or Shares which shall have been reacquired by the Company. Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof, the total amount of Shares which may be issued pursuant to Restricted Stock Agreements under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 250,000 Shares. This limitation of 250,000 Shares shall be calculated as of the date hereof, and any Shares previously granted under the Plan (as adjusted pursuant to Section 8 hereof) shall be counted against this 250,000 Share limitation. Any Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Agreement under the Plan, which Agreement for any reason expires or is terminated as to such Shares, may again be subjected to a Restricted Stock Agreement under the Plan.

It is contemplated that the Board of Directors of the Company and/or the Committee (as defined below) may utilize the availability of Shares hereunder to fund other compensation plans of the Company, subject, in all cases, to compliance with the terms hereof and to applicable law.

2. Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); provided, however, that, if the Board includes members who are not “disinterested persons” (as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any applicable successor rule or regulation (“Rule 16b-3”), then all authority of the Board under the Plan shall be exercised by a committee of the Board (the “Committee”) composed solely of members thereof appointed by the Board who are “disinterested persons” (as so defined). The Board or Committee shall have complete authority to interpret all terms and provisions of the Plan consistent with law and adopt, amend and rescind general and special rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

No member of the Board will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith, and the members of the Board are entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in the Company’s by-laws and the laws of the State of South Carolina.

3. Eligibility. Restricted Stock Agreements of the Company hereunder may be granted only to executive and key employees of the Company. The Board or Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine which employees shall receive such Restricted Stock Agreements, the nature of the Agreements to be granted and the terms and provision of restrictions to which such Agreements shall be subject, subject to the limitations set forth in this Plan. Members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are also officers or employees of the Company are eligible to receive Shares under the Plan. In making any determination as to the officer(s) and key employee(s) to whom Restricted Stock Agreements shall be granted and as to the number and price of Shares to be subject thereto, the Board or Committee shall take into account, in each case, the level and responsibility of the person’s position, the level of the person’s performance, the person’s level of compensation, the assessed potential of the person and such additional factors as the Board or Committee shall deem relevant to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan. The Board or Committee may also utilize guidelines set forth in other compensation plans of the Company in determining any matters related to the grant of Shares hereunder, provided that the use of such guidelines comports with applicable law.

4. Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Restricted Stock Agreement which may be awarded to an employee shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, in addition to such other terms and conditions as the Board or Committee may deem advisable:

(a) Acquisition of Shares. Each Restricted Stock Agreement shall provide for the acquisition of the Shares by the employee upon the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth in such Agreement and in this Plan.

(b) Price. The price of the Shares which may be purchased by the employee pursuant to a Restricted Stock Agreement shall be set by the Board or Committee. It is anticipated that the consideration for such Shares will consist wholly or in part of the employee’s services if the Board or Committee determines that such services constitute adequate consideration for such Shares.

(c) Transferability. Shares subject to Restricted Stock Agreement shall initially be non-transferable and subject to forfeiture as provided herein. The Restricted Stock Agreement shall set forth the schedule pursuant to which the Shares shall become freely transferable and not subject to the risk of forfeiture. It is anticipated that under a Restricted Stock Agreement, Shares granted to a recipient shall become freely transferable and shall no longer be subject to forfeiture at a rate of one third of the total number of the Shares covered by such Agreement, on each of the three anniversaries of the date on which such Agreement was granted, beginning with the first anniversary of such grant; provided, however, that the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion, may set a different schedule.

(d) Forfeiture of Right to Purchase Shares. If an employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than death or “total and permanent disability” prior to the scheduled termination of transferability restrictions as provided in the Restricted Stock Agreement on all Shares subject thereto, Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Agreement which are not yet freely transferable shall be cancelled and returned to the Company. Total and permanent disability means a physical or mental condition of an employee resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which renders him incapable of continuing his usual and customary employment with the Company. The disability of an employee has shall be determined by a licensed physician selected by the Board or Committee.

(e) Death or Total and Permanent Disability. If an employee’s employment with the Company is terminated as a result of his death or total and permanent disability, (i) the risk of forfeiture of the right to purchase Shares under any Restricted Stock Agreement of such employee shall terminate, (ii) all Shares represented by such Restricted Stock Agreement shall immediately become freely transferable, and (iii) such employee, or such employee’s personal representative, shall have the right to purchase the Shares covered by such Agreement upon the terms set forth in such Agreement, without regard to the provisions for forfeiture set forth therein, at any time within six months after such employee’s death or total and permanent disability. Such Restricted Stock Agreement shall be cancelled and of no further force or effect upon the expiration of six months after such employee’s death or total and permanent disability.

(f) Non-Assignable. None of an employee’s rights under a Restricted Stock Agreement shall be assignable except as specifically provided herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such Agreement be sold, assigned or transferred except: (i) by will; (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution; or (iii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or in Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder.

(g) Change of Control. Unless specifically stated otherwise in the Restricted Stock Agreement, the risk of forfeiture applicable to the right to purchase Shares under such Agreement shall lapse upon a Change of Control of the Company. For purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” means a change of control required to be reported in response to Item 5(f) of Schedule 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any merger, tender offer, consolidation or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company or related series of such events, as a result of which (i) the Shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such event hold less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or its survivor or successor after such event;

(ii) persons holding less than 20% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such event own more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or its survivor or successor after such event; or (iii) persons constituting a majority of the Board were not directors for at least the 24 preceding months.

5. No Right to Vote or Receive Dividends. An employee shall have no rights with respect to any Shares which he has the right to purchase under a Restricted Stock Agreement unless and until he acquires such Shares under the terms of such Agreement and certificates representing such Shares are duly issued to him; provided, however, that an employee shall have the right to vote such Shares and receive any dividends (cash or otherwise) paid thereon regardless of whether or not such Shares are freely transferable unless and until such Shares have been cancelled as provided under Section 4 hereof.

6. No Employment Rights Created By Plan. Nothing in this Plan or in any Restricted Stock Agreement issued under this Plan shall terminate or interfere with the Company’s right to terminate an employee’s employment for any reason. Specifically, but without limitation, nothing herein (including the grant of Shares) shall alter the at-will employment status (if such is the case) of any employee.

7. Arbitration. Any dispute between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Agreement arising out of this Plan or any Restricted Stock Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Such Arbitration award shall be binding upon the parties.

8. Recapitalization; Stock Dividends; Etc. The aggregate number of Shares as to which purchase rights may be granted from time to time hereunder shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or other capital adjustment; or the payment of a stock dividend or other increase or decrease in such Shares, effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, if any; provided, however, that any fractional Shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated. In the event of a change in the shares of Common Stock which is limited to a change in the par value thereof, or from par value to no par value, without increase in the number of issued shares of Common Stock, the Shares resulting from any such change shall be deemed to be Shares within the meaning of the Plan.

9. Termination and Amendment. This Plan may be terminated by the Board at any time. The Board or Committee may at any time and from time to time modify and amend the Plan in any respect consistent with applicable law; provided, however, that no such amendment shall, without the consent of an employee, affect his rights under an existing Restricted Stock Agreement.

10. Effective Date. The original effective date of this Plan was the date of its adoption by the Board in 1986; provided, however, that the effective date of this Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement Plan shall be April 20, 1994, subject to receipt of prior shareholder approval. If such approval is not received, this Plan, unamended, will continue in effect.

SAMPLE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

The South Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to                      (the “Employee”), in accordance with the terms and provisions of the The South Financial Group, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement Plan (the “Plan”), the right to purchase             shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) for total consideration of $.01 per share upon the terms and conditions set forth below:

1. Right to Purchase Shares. Employee shall be entitled to purchase the Shares immediately for the price of $0.01 per share. The Shares shall initially be non-transferable; provided that twenty percent (20%) of such Shares shall become freely transferable on each of the five anniversaries of the date of this Agreement; provided that the Board of Directors of the Company or a Committee thereof shall be entitled to accelerate the Employee’s right to purchase at any time, by written notice to the Employee.

2. Forfeiture of Right to Purchase Shares. The right to purchase Shares hereunder shall be forfeited, all Shares purchased hereunder which are not freely transferable shall be cancelled, and this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect if Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, except in certain cases of Employee’s death or disability, as set forth in the Plan.

3. Nontransferability of this Agreement. Neither this Agreement nor any right to purchase Shares hereunder may be sold, assigned, or transferred, either voluntarily by Employee or by operation of law, except as specifically required by applicable law.

4. Income Tax Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from Employee’s salary, and any other payments due to Employee and/or to require Employee to pay over to the Company such amounts as the Company may be required to pay over to the Internal Revenue Service, or any state income tax authority, with respect to Employee’s income tax liabilities arising out of his purchase of the Shares and/or lapse of restrictions with respect to the right to purchase the Shares.

5. The South Financial Group, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement by reference.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement is executed this      day of                     ,                     .

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

By:

I hereby accept this Restricted Stock Agreement and acknowledge receipt of a signed copy of this Agreement and the Company’s Restricted Stock Agreement Plan.

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

Amendment #2 to

The South Financial Group 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

This Amendment #2 (this “Amendment”) to The South Financial Group 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is made by The South Financial Group, Inc., to be effective as of the date hereof, subject to receipt of any necessary shareholder approval. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

The name of the Plan is hereby changed. The new name of the Plan is “TSFG Long Term Incentive Plan.”

Except as amended by this Amendment, the Plan is ratified and affirmed in its entirety.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is entered into as of August 16, 2006.

The South Financial Group, Inc.
By:	/s/    WILLIAM S. HUMMERS III
Name:	William S. Hummers, III
Title:	Executive Vice President

1

Amendment #1 to

The South Financial Group 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

This Amendment #1 (this “Amendment”) to The South Financial Group 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is made by The South Financial Group, Inc., to be effective as of the date hereof, subject to receipt of any necessary shareholder approval. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

The last sentence of Section 3(a) shall be amended to read as follows: No more than 1,200,000 shares of Restricted Stock may be issued during the term of the Plan.

The last sentence of Section 8(b)(i) shall be amended to read as follows: No more than 250,000 shares of Common Stock may be subject to Qualified Performance Based Awards granted to any Eligible Individual in any fiscal year of the Company.

Except as amended by this Amendment, the Plan is ratified and affirmed in its entirety.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is entered into as of February 18, 2004.

The South Financial Group, Inc.
By:	/s/    WILLIAM S. HUMMERS III
Name:	William S. Hummers, III
Title:	Executive Vice President

2

THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. 2004 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose; Definitions

The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and/or consultants and to provide the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates with a stock plan providing incentives directly linked to the profitability of the Company’s businesses and increases in Company shareholder value.

Certain terms used herein have definitions given to them in the first place in which they are used. In addition, for purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

(a) “Affiliate” means a corporation or other entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(b) “Award” means a Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Option, Restricted Stock, Performance Unit, or other stock-based award granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

(c) “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing the grant of an Award.

(d) “Award Cycle” means a period of consecutive fiscal years or portions thereof designated by the Committee over which Performance Units are to be earned.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Cause” means, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, (i) “Cause” as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Cause: (A) conviction of the Participant for committing a felony under federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (B) dishonesty in the course of fulfilling the Participant’s employment duties, (C) willful and deliberate failure on the part of the Participant to perform his or her employment duties in any material respect, or (D) prior to a Change in Control, such other events as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall, unless otherwise provided in an Individual Agreement with the Participant have the sole discretion to determine whether “Cause” exists, and its determination shall be final.

(g) “Change in Control” and “Change in Control Price” have the meanings set forth in Sections 11(b) and (c), respectively.

(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

(i) “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

(j) “Committee” means the Committee referred to in Section 2.

(k) “Common Stock” means common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company.

(l) “Company” means The South Financial Group, Inc., a South Carolina corporation.

(m) “Covered Employee” means a Participant designated prior to the grant of Restricted Stock or Performance Units by the Committee who is or may be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which Restricted Stock or Performance Units are expected to be taxable to such Participant.

(n) “Disability” means, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, (i) “Disability” as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or it does not define “Disability,” permanent and total disability as determined under the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan applicable to the Participant.

3

(o) “Early Retirement” means retirement from active employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate pursuant to the early retirement provisions of the applicable pension plan of such employer.

(p) “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.

(q) “Eligible Individuals” mean directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and prospective employees and consultants who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, who are or will be responsible for or contribute to the management, growth or profitability of the business of the Company, or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(r) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

(s) “Fair Market Value” means, except as otherwise provided by the Committee, as of any given date, the average of the highest and lowest per-share sales prices for a share of Common Stock during normal business hours on the NASDAQ or such other national securities market or exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock, or if the shares were not traded on such national securities market or exchange on such date, then on the next preceding date on which such shares of Common Stock were traded, all as reported by such source as the Committee may select.

(t) “Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated as, and qualified as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(u) “Individual Agreement” means an employment, consulting or similar written agreement between a Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(v) “Involuntary Termination” means a Termination of Employment by reason of an Involuntary Termination as defined in an Individual Agreement to which the Participant is a party that is then in effect. If a Participant is not party to an Individual Agreement, or if it does not define “Involuntary Termination,” no Termination of Employment of that Participant shall be considered to be an Involuntary Termination.

(w) “NonQualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(x) “Normal Retirement” means retirement from active employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate at or after age 65.

(y) “Option Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d).

(z) “Outside Director” means a director who qualifies as an “independent director” within the meaning of Rule 4200 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, as an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(aa) “Performance Goals” means the performance goals established by the Committee in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock or Performance Units. In the case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, (i) such goals shall be based on the attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following measures: specified levels of the Company’s stock price, market share, sales, asset quality, non-performing assets, earnings per share, return on equity, costs, operating income, marketing-spending efficiency, return on operating assets, return on assets, core non-interest income and/or levels of cost savings and (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations.

(bb) “Performance Units” means an Award granted under Section 8.

(cc) “Plan” means The South Financial Group, Inc. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.

4

(dd) “Qualified Performance-Based Award” means an Award of Restricted Stock or Performance Units designated as such by the Committee at the time of grant, based upon a determination that (i) the recipient is or may be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which the Company would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with respect to such Restricted Stock or Performance Units and (ii) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption.²

(ee) “Restricted Stock” means an Award granted under Section 7.

(ff) “Retirement” means Normal or Early Retirement.

(gg) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.

(hh) “Section 162(m) Exemption” means the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

(ii) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award granted under Section 6.

(jj) “Stock Option” means an Award granted under Section 5.

(kk) “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity during any period in which at least a 50% voting or profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any successor to the Company.

(ll) “Termination of Employment” means the termination of the Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. An Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if the Subsidiary or Affiliate ceases to be such a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of, or service-provider for, the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment.

SECTION 2. Administration

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate (the “Committee”), which shall be composed of not less than three Outside Directors, and shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board, except with respect to Awards to non-employee directors, which shall be administered by the Nominating Committee. All references to the “Committee” with respect to grants to non-employee directors shall refer to the Nominating Committee.

(b) The Committee shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan to Participants.

(c) Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms of the Plan:

(i) To select the Participants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) To determine whether and to what extent any type of Award is to be granted hereunder;

(iii) To determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) To determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the Option Price (subject to Section 5(a)), any vesting condition, restriction or limitation (which may be related to the performance of the Participant, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) and any vesting acceleration or forfeiture waiver regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine;

5

(v) Subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 13, to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any time or from time to time, including but not limited to Performance Goals; provided, however, that the Committee may not adjust upwards the amount payable with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award or waive or alter the Performance Goals associated therewith in a manner that would violate Section 162(m) of the Code;

(vi) To determine to what extent and under what circumstances Common Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred; and

(vii) To determine under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash or Common Stock under Sections 5(k), 6(b)(ii) and 8(b)(iv).

(d) The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto) and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

(e) The Committee may act only by a majority of its members then in office. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee may (i) allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and (ii) delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it, provided that no such delegation may be made that would cause Awards or other transactions under the Plan to cease to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the Section 162(m) Exemption. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

(f) Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee or any appropriately delegated officer pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Affiliates, Subsidiaries, shareholders and Participants.

(g) Any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the Section 162(m) Exemption. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.

SECTION 3. Common Stock Subject to Plan

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered to Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan shall be 2,000,000. No Participant may be granted Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights covering in excess of 100,000 shares of Common Stock in any calendar year. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares. No more than 600,000 shares of Restricted Stock may be issued during the term of the Plan.

(b) If any Award is forfeited, or if any Stock Option (or Stock Appreciation Right, if any) terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or if any Stock Appreciation Right is exercised for cash, shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan. If the Option Price of any Stock Option or the Strike Price of any Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right is satisfied by delivering shares of Common Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Common Stock delivered to the

6

Participant net of the shares of Common Stock delivered to the Company or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum numbers of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan. To the extent any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are used to satisfy an applicable tax-withholding obligation, such shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be 1,400,000 shares.

(c) In the event of any change in corporate capitalization (including, but not limited to, a change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding), such as a stock split or a corporate transaction, such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company (including any extraordinary cash or stock dividend), any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the Committee or Board may make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, and the maximum limitation upon Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards to be granted to any Participant, in the number, kind and Option Price and Strike Price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to other outstanding Awards granted under the Plan and/or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine to be appropriate in its sole discretion (including, without limitation, an amount in cash therefor); provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Such adjusted Option Price shall also be used to determine the amount payable by the Company upon the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right associated with any Stock Option.

SECTION 4. Eligibility

Awards may be granted under the Plan to Eligible Individuals.

SECTION 5. Stock Options

(a) Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan and may be of two types: Incentive Stock Options and NonQualified Stock Options. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve.

(b) The Committee shall have the authority to grant any Participant Incentive Stock Options, NonQualified Stock Options or both types of Stock Options (in each case with or without Stock Appreciation Rights); provided, however, that grants hereunder are subject to the limits on grants set forth in Section 3. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code). To the extent that any Stock Option is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or even if so designated does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option on or subsequent to its grant date, it shall constitute a NonQualified Stock Option.

(c) Stock Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements, the terms and provisions of which may differ. An Award Agreement shall indicate on its face whether it is intended to be an agreement for an Incentive Stock Option or a NonQualified Stock Option. The grant of a Stock Option shall occur on the date the Committee by resolution selects a Participant to receive a grant of a Stock Option, determines the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Option to be granted to such Participant and specifies the terms and provisions of the Stock Option. The Company shall notify a Participant of any grant of a Stock Option, and a written Award Agreement shall be duly executed and delivered by the Company to the Participant. Such agreement or agreements shall become effective upon execution by the Company and the Participant.

7

(d) Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(i) Option Price. The Committee shall determine the option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under a Stock Option (the “Option Price”). The Option Price per share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Option on the date of grant, other than with respect to Stock Option granted in lieu of foregone compensation, unless the Committee determines otherwise. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 3(c), in no event may any Stock Option granted under this Plan be amended to decrease the Option Price thereof, cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Stock Option with a lower Option Price, or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a “repricing” of such Stock Option, unless such amendment, cancellation, or action is approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with applicable law and stock exchange rules.

(ii) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Stock Option is granted.

(iii) Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Option.

(iv) Method of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept. If approved by the Committee, payment, in full or in part, may also be made in the form of unrestricted Common Stock (by delivery of such shares or by attestation) already owned by the Participant of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised); provided, however, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of already owned shares of Common Stock of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option may be authorized only at the time the Stock Option is granted and provided, further, that such already owned shares have been held by the Participant for at least six months at the time of exercise or had been purchased on the open market. If approved by the Committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law, payment in full or in part may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the Option Price, and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered until full payment therefor has been made. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(m) below, a Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is subject to such Stock Option (including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends), when the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares and, if requested by the Company, has given the representation described in Section 15(a).

(e) Nontransferability of Stock Options. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the Participant other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or any other testamentary distribution; or (ii) in the case of a NonQualified Stock Option, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to such

8

Participant’s children or family members, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, “family member” shall have the meaning given to such term in General Instructions A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or any successor thereto. All Stock Options shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the Participant, the guardian or legal representative of the Participant, or any person to whom such option is transferred pursuant to this paragraph, it being understood that the term “holder” and “Participant” include such guardian, legal representative and other transferee; provided, however, that Termination of Employment shall continue to refer to the Termination of Employment of the original Participant.

(f) Termination by Death. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, which shall be exercisable for (i) a period of one year from the date of such death or (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Incentive Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.

(g) Termination by Reason of Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of Disability, any Stock Option held by such Participant (or the appointed fiduciary of such Participant) may thereafter be exercised by the Participant (or the appointed fiduciary of such Participant), to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify in the Award Agreement) from the date of such Termination of Employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option. In the event of Termination of Employment by reason of Disability, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a NonQualified Stock Option.

(h) Termination by Reason of Retirement. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of Retirement, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify in the Award Agreement) from the date of such Termination of Employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such period any unexercised Stock Option held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, which shall be exercisable for (i) a period of one year from the date of such death or (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Incentive Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter. In the event of Termination of Employment by reason of Retirement, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a NonQualified Stock Option.

(i) Other Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee: (A) if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for Cause, all Stock Options held by such Participant shall thereupon terminate; and (B) if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death,

9

Disability, Retirement or for Cause, any Stock Option held by such Participant, to extent it was then exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, may be exercised for the lesser of three months from the date of such Termination of Employment or the balance of such Stock Option’s term; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, which shall be exercisable for (i) a period of one year from the date of such death or (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Incentive Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.

(j) Change of Control Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the event a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment during the 24-month period following a Change in Control other than (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) by reason of death, (iii) by reason of Disability or (iv) by voluntary resignation other than by reason of an Involuntary Termination, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for (A) the longer of one year from such date of termination or (2) such other period as may be provided in the Plan for such Termination of Employment or as the Committee may provide in the Award Agreement or Individual Agreement, or (B) until expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter. If an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the post-termination exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a NonQualified Stock Option.

(k) Cashing Out of Stock Option. On receipt of written notice of exercise, the Committee may elect to cash out all or part of the portion of the shares of Common Stock for which a Stock Option is being exercised by paying the Participant an amount, in cash or Common Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock over the Option Price times the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is being exercised on the effective date of such cash-out.

(l) Change in Control Cash-Out. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the “Exercise Period”), if the Committee shall determine at the time of grant or thereafter, a Participant shall have the right, whether or not the Stock Option is fully exercisable and in lieu of the payment of the Option Price for the shares of Common Stock being purchased under the Stock Option and by giving notice to the Company, to elect (within the Exercise Period) to surrender all or part of the Stock Option to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such election, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Change in Control Price per share of Common Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the Option Price per share of Common Stock under the Stock Option (the “Spread”) multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock granted under the Stock Option as to which the right granted under this Section 5(l) shall have been exercised.

(m) Deferral of Option Shares. The Committee may from time to time establish procedures pursuant to which a Participant may elect to defer, until a time or times later than the exercise of a Stock Option, receipt of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Option and/or to receive cash at such later time or times in lieu of such deferred shares, all on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. If any such deferrals are permitted, then notwithstanding Section 5(d) above, a Participant who elects such deferral shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to such deferred shares unless and until shares are actually delivered to the Participant with respect thereto, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Committee.

10

SECTION 6. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) Grant and Exercise. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone (“Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights”) or in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan (“Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights”).

(b) Terms and Conditions of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the following:

(i) Relationship to Related Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right issued in conjunction with a NonQualified Stock Option may be granted either at or after the time of grant of such Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right issued in conjunction with an Incentive Stock Option may be granted only at the time of grant of such Stock Option. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Stock Options to which they relate are exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(ii) Settlement. Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares, equal to (A) the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock over the Option Price per share specified in the related Stock Option multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which such Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment. The Committee may from time to time establish procedures pursuant to which a Participant may elect to further defer receipt of cash or shares in settlement of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights for a specified period or until a specified event, all on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

(iii) Nontransferability. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only to the extent that the underlying Stock Option is transferable pursuant to Section 5(e).

(iv) Method of Exercise. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by a Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Stock Option in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed by Section 6(b)(ii). Stock Options which have been so surrendered shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the related Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised. Any Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Stock Option.

(c) Terms and Conditions of Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights. Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the following:

(i) Term. The Committee shall determine the stated term of each Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan.

(ii) Strike Price. Unless provided otherwise by the Committee, the strike price (the “Strike Price”) per share of Common Stock subject to a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right shall be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, except with respect to Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights granted in lieu of foregone compensation. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 3(c), in no event may any Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan be amended to decrease the Strike Price thereof, cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Stock Appreciation Right with a lower Strike Price, or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a “repricing” of such Stock Appreciation Right, unless such amendment, cancellation, or action is approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with applicable law and stock exchange rules.

(iii) Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, Freestanding Share Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be

11

determined by the Committee, and the Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Appreciation Right. If the Committee provides that any Stock Appreciation Right is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine.

(iv) Settlement. Upon the exercise of a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares, equal to (A) the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock over the applicable Strike Price multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which the Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.

(v) Nontransferability. No Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right shall be transferable by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise expressly permitted by the Committee, including, if so permitted, pursuant to a transfer to such Participant’s children or family members, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, “family member” shall have the meaning given to such term in General Instructions A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, and any successor thereto. All Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the Participant, the guardian or legal representative of the Participant, or any person to whom such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right is transferred pursuant to this paragraph, it being understood that the terms “holder” and “Participant” include such guardian, legal representative and other transferee; provided, however, that the term “Termination of Employment” shall continue to refer to the Termination of Employment of the original Participant.

(vi) Termination by Death. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of death, any Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right.

(vii) Termination by Reason of Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of Disability, any Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify in the Award Agreement) from the date of such Termination of Employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such period, any unexercised Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death until the expiration of the stated term of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right.

(viii) Termination by Reason of Retirement. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of Retirement, any Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify in the Award Agreement) from the date of such Termination of Employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such period any unexercised Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death until the expiration of the stated term of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right.

12

(ix) Other Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee: (A) if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for Cause, all Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights held by such Participant shall thereupon terminate; and (B) if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or for Cause, any Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant, to extent it was then exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, may be exercised for the lesser of three months from the date of such Termination of Employment or the balance of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right’s term; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death until the expiration of the stated term of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right.

(x) Change of Control Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the event a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment during the 24-month period following a Change in Control other than (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) by reason of death or (iii) by reason of Disability or (iv) by voluntary resignation other than by reason of an Involuntary Termination, any Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for (A) the longer of one year from such date of termination or (2) such other period as may be provided in the Plan for such Termination of Employment or as the Committee may provide in the Award Agreement, or (B) until expiration of the stated term of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right, whichever period is the shorter.

(xi) Change in Control Cash-Out. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the “Exercise Period”), if the Committee shall determine at the time of grant or thereafter, a holder of a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right shall have the right, whether or not such Stock Appreciation Right is fully exercisable, to surrender all or part of such Stock Appreciation Right to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such election, in an amount equal to (A) the amount by which the Change in Control Price per share of Common Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the Strike Price under such Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right as to which the right granted under this Section 6(c)(xi) shall have been exercised.

(xii) Deferral. The Committee may from time to time establish procedures pursuant to which a Participant may elect to further defer receipt of cash or shares in settlement of Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights for a specified period or until a specified event, subject in each case to the Committee’s approval and to such terms as are determined by the Committee.

SECTION 7. Restricted Stock

(a) Administration. Shares of Restricted Stock may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Participants to whom and the time or times at which grants of Restricted Stock will be awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any Participant, the conditions for vesting, the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other terms and conditions of the Awards, in addition to those contained in Section 7(c).

(b) Awards and Certificates. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of such Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

“The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of The South Financial Group, Inc. 2004 Long Term Incentive

13

Plan and an Award Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices of The South Financial Group, 102 S. Main Street, Greenville, SC 29601.”

The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.

(c) Terms and Conditions. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, in which event it shall condition the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such Restricted Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals. If the Committee does not designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, it may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of whether an Award of Restricted Stock is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. The Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate or waive, in whole or in part, any of the foregoing restrictions; provided, however, that in the case of Restricted Stock that is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the applicable Performance Goals have been satisfied.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement referred to in Section 7(c)(vi), during the period, if any, set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such Award for which such Participant’s continued service is required (the “Restriction Period”), and until the later of (A) the expiration of the Restriction Period and (B) the date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are satisfied, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock; provided that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing shall not prevent a Participant from pledging Restricted Stock as security for a loan, the sole purpose of which is to provide funds to pay the Option Price for Stock Options.

(iii) Except as provided in this paragraph (iii) and Sections 7(c)(i) and 7(c)(ii) and the Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Section 15(e) of the Plan, (A) cash dividends on the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock Award shall be automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting Performance Goals applicable only to dividends, and (B) dividends payable in Common Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted Stock of the same class as the Common Stock with which such dividend was paid, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting Performance Goals applicable only to dividends.

(iv) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or Section 7(c)(i), 7(c)(ii), 7(c)(v) or 11(a)(ii), upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for any reason during the Restriction Period or before the applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all shares still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the Participant; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions (other than, in the case of Restricted Stock with respect to which a Participant is a Covered Employee, satisfaction of the applicable Performance Goals unless the Participant’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for

14

“Good Reason” (as defined in any applicable Individual Agreement)) with respect to any or all of such Participant’s shares of Restricted Stock.

(v) If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, unlegended certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant upon surrender of the legended certificates.

(vi) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of an Award Agreement.

SECTION 8. Performance Units

(a) Administration. Performance Units may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Participants to whom and the time or times at which Performance Units shall be awarded, the number of Performance Units to be awarded to any Participant), the duration of the Award Cycle and any other terms and conditions of the Award, in addition to those contained in Section 8(b).

(b) Terms and Conditions. Performance Units Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of the grant, designate Performance Units as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, in which event it shall condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. If the Committee does not designate Performance Units as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, it may also condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of whether Performance Units are Qualified Performance-Based Awards, the Committee may also condition the settlement thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The provisions of such Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement referred to in Section 8(b)(v), Performance Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Award Cycle. No more than 25,000 shares of Common Stock may be subject to Qualified Performance Based Awards granted to any Eligible Individual in any fiscal year of the Company.

(ii) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or Section 8(b)(ii) or 11(a)(iii), upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for any reason during the Award Cycle or before any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all rights to receive cash or stock in settlement of the Performance Units shall be forfeited by the Participant; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining payment limitations (other than, in the case of Performance Units that are Qualified Performance-Based Awards, satisfaction of the applicable Performance Goals unless the Participant’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason) with respect to any or all of such Participant’s Performance Units.

(iii) An Participant may elect to further defer receipt of cash or shares in settlement of Performance Units for a specified period or until a specified event, subject in each case to the Committee’s approval and to such terms as are determined by the Committee. Subject to any exceptions adopted by the Committee, such election must generally be made prior to commencement of the Award Cycle for the Performance Units in question.

(iv) At the expiration of the Award Cycle, the Committee shall evaluate the Company’s performance in light of any Performance Goals for such Award, and shall determine the number of Performance Units granted to the Participant which have been earned, and the Committee shall then cause to be delivered (A) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Performance Units determined by the Committee to have been earned, or (B) cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, as the Committee shall elect (subject to any deferral pursuant to Section 8(b)(iii)).

15

(v) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of an Award Agreement.

SECTION 9. Tax Offset Bonuses

At the time an Award is made hereunder or at any time thereafter, the Committee may grant to the Participant receiving such Award the right to receive a cash payment in an amount specified by the Committee, to be paid at such time or times (if ever) as the Award results in compensation income to the Participant, for the purpose of assisting the Participant to pay the resulting taxes, all as determined by the Committee and on such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

SECTION 10. Other Stock-Based Awards

Other Awards of Common Stock and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based upon, Common Stock, including (without limitation) dividend equivalents and convertible debentures, may be granted either alone or in conjunction with other Awards granted under the Plan.

SECTION 11. Change in Control Provisions

(a) Impact of Event. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in any Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control:

(i) Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date such Change in Control, and which are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested.

(ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested.

(iii) All Performance Units shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any deferral or other restriction shall lapse and such Performance Units shall be settled in cash as promptly as is practicable.

(b) Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of the Plan, a “Change in Control” shall mean the happening of any of the following events:

(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following: (1) Any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) Any acquisition by the Company, (3) Any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (4) Any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section 11(b); or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section 11(b), that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso)

16

shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (3) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or

(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(c) Change in Control Price. For purposes of the Plan, “Change in Control Price” means the higher of (i) the highest reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Common Stock in any transaction reported on the Nasdaq (or such other national securities market or exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock) during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change in Control or (ii) if the Change in Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer or a Corporate Transaction, the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in such tender or exchange offer or Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that in the case of Incentive Stock Options and Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights relating to Incentive Stock Options, the Change in Control Price shall be in all cases the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date such Incentive Stock Option or Tandem Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. To the extent that the consideration paid in any such transaction described above consists all or in part of securities or other noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

SECTION 12. Forfeiture of Awards

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the authority under the Plan to provide in any Award Agreement that in the event of serious misconduct by a Participant (including, without limitation, any misconduct prejudicial to or in conflict with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any Termination of Employment for Cause), or any activity of a Participant in competition with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any outstanding Award granted to such Participant shall be cancelled, in whole or in part, whether or not vested or deferred. The determination of whether a Participant has engaged in a serious breach of conduct or any activity in

17

competition with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be determined by the Committee in good faith and in its sole discretion. This Section 12 shall have no application following a Change in Control.

SECTION 13. Term, Amendment and Termination

The Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Under the Plan, Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.

The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of a Participant under a Stock Option or a recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Unit Award or other Award theretofore granted without the Participant’s or recipient’s consent, except such an amendment made to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules. In addition, no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s shareholders to the extent such approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules.

The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall cause a Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption or impair the rights of any holder without the holder’s consent except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules.

Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules as well as other developments, and to grant Awards which qualify for beneficial treatment under such rules without shareholder approval.

SECTION 14. Unfunded Status of Plan

It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided, however, that unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan.

SECTION 15. General Provisions

(a) Representation. The Committee may require each person purchasing or receiving shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates for such shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(i) Listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such shares on NASDAQ, or such other securities exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock;

(ii) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and

(iii) Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.

18

(b) No Limit of Other Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.

(c) No Contract of Employment. The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

(d) Tax Withholding. No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement; provided, that not more than the legally required minimum withholding may be settled with Common Stock. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for the settlement of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

(e) Dividends. Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Common Stock are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).

(f) Death Beneficiary. The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of the Participant’s death are to be paid or by whom any rights of the Participant, after the Participant’s death, may be exercised.

(g) Subsidiary Employees. In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the shares of Common Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the shares of Common Stock to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All shares of Common Stock underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled should revert to the Company.

(h) Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Carolina, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

(i) Nontransferability. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(e) or 6(b)(iii) or by the Committee, Awards under the Plan are not transferable except by will or by laws of descent and distribution.

(j) In the event an Award is granted to Participant who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individual to comply with applicable foreign law.

SECTION 16. Effective Date of Plan

The Plan shall be effective as of the date (the “Effective Date”), provided that it is approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange rules and listing standards.

19

EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

The South Financial Group

2006 – 2008 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

This Agreement is made as of                      (the “Grant Date”), by and between The South Financial Group (the “Company”) and [NAME] (the “Participant”).

DISCLAIMER

THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT A CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT. THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP AND ITS EMPLOYEES WHO DO NOT HAVE A SPECIFIC INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT IS AT-WILL AND VOLUNTARY. THIS MEANS THAT EITHER THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP OR AN EMPLOYEE CAN TERMINATE THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL STATUS OF SUCH EMPLOYEES CANNOT BE ALTERED BY THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER STATEMENT OR REPRESENTATION, BUT CAN ONLY BE CHANGED BY A WRITTEN CONTRACT, WHICH MUST BE SIGNED BY THE APPROPRIATE MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

ALL EMPLOYEES WHICH HAVE ENTERED INTO OR MAY LATER ENTER INTO SUCH A WRITTEN CONTRACT ARE FURTHER ADVISED THAT THIS DOCUMENT DOES NOT AND CANNOT IN ANY WAY ALTER, MODIFY, OR AMEND SUCH A CONTRACT.

ALL EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER ADVISED THAT THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP AND ITS EMPLOYEES CANNOT BE AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE MODIFIED IN ANY WAY BY ANY EMPLOYEE’S OWNERSHIP, VESTING, OR OTHER INTEREST OF ANY KIND IN ANY BENEFIT OR ASSET THAT MAY BE PROVIDED OR AWARDED UNDER THIS PLAN.

SOME PROVISIONS OF THIS PLAN MAY BE CONDITIONED UPON CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT WITH THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP OR MAY OTHERWISE BE RELATED TO THE DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT WITH THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP. NO RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PLAN AND A PARTICIPANT’S STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE WITH THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP SHALL CONSTITUTE AN ALTERATION OF ANY KIND TO THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SOUTH FINANCIAL GROUP AND ANY EMPLOYEE.

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (Committee) has, pursuant to the Plan, made an Award to the Participant and authorized and directed the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Participant hereby agree as follows:

1. Award. The Participant is hereby granted an Award of              Restricted Stock Units (hereinafter sometimes “Units”). Of this award, one-third or              Units which will be subject to Employment Conditions and two-thirds or              Units will be subject to Performance Conditions with respect to the Performance Period January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2008. If maximum or stretch levels of performance are achieved, than the number of Units that can be earned can increase by 50%. For your award, the              Units subject to Performance Conditions can increase to              Units at stretch performance. The Performance Measures, Performance Goals, Performance Formula and Employment Conditions applicable to this Award are set forth in the Award Schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof.

1

2. Payment.

(i) As soon as practicable after the close of the Performance Period, the Committee shall determine whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved. If the Performance Goals have been achieved, the Committee will determine the number of Units that have vested based upon the Performance Formula set forth in the Award Schedule. Units that have not met the Performance Conditions will be forfeited.

(ii) Units subject to the Employment Conditions will vest according to the Award Schedule.

(iii) As soon as practical after the Units have vested, the Company shall deliver to the Participant one share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit so earned.

3. Termination. No payment shall be made with respect to this Award and all of the Units granted hereunder will be forfeited if the Participant is not an Employee as of the date of vesting.

4. Change of Control. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of a Change of Control as defined by the Plan document, all Units subject to Employment Conditions will vest as of the date of the Change in Control. All Units subject to Performance Conditions will vest at the 100% level as of the date of the Change in Control.

5. Overlap with 2004 to 2006 LTIP Plan. 50% of any award earned in 2006 under the 2004 to 2006 LTIP plan will reduce the number of Units that vest based on the Employment Condition beginning with shares that vest in early 2007.

6. Taxes. The Company shall withhold all applicable taxes required by law from all amounts paid in satisfaction of the Award. A Participant may satisfy the tax obligation with respect to the Award (i) by paying the amount of any such taxes in cash or check (subject to collection), (ii) by the delivery (or attestation of ownership) of shares of Stock, or (iii) with the approval of the Committee, by having shares of Stock deducted from the payment. The amount of the withholding and, if applicable, the number of shares of Stock to be deducted shall be determined by the Committee as of when the withholding is required to be made, provided that the number of shares of Stock so withheld shall not exceed the minimum required amount of such withholding.

7. Non-Assignability. Stock Equivalent Units are not assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

8. Rights as a Stockholder. Subject to the terms and provisions of applicable law and of this Agreement, the Participant shall have all rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Units, including the right to vote the Units and receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect thereto.

9. Distributions with Respect to Stock.

(i) While the Performance Conditions are in force, any cash dividends paid with respect to the Company’s common stock will be payable to Restricted Stock Unit holders subject to the terms below. The cash dividends shall be held un-invested by the Company and subject to the same terms and conditions as the Units while the performance conditions are still in force. Cash dividends related to Units that have satisfied the performance conditions will be paid to the participant as soon as practical after the performance conditions have been satisfied. Cash dividends related to Units that were forfeited will also be forfeited.

(ii) While the Employment Conditions are in force, cash dividends will be paid on the same basis and timing as common stock holders.

(iii) Restricted Stock Unit participants will receive any stock dividends on the same basis as common stock holders, except their dividends will be in the form of additional Units. Any Units received by a recipient as a stock dividend, or as a result of stock splits, recapitalizations, combinations, exchanges of shares, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations or otherwise, directly or indirectly, the Restricted Stock Unit shall have the same status and be subject to this Agreement.

2

10. No Right to Continued Service. Nothing herein shall obligate the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to continue the Participant’s employment or other service for any particular period or on any particular basis of compensation.

11. Burden and Benefit. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participant and his or her executors or administrators, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.

12. Execution. This Award is not enforceable until this Agreement has been signed by the Participant and the Company. By executing this Agreement, the Participant shall be deemed to have accepted and consented to any action taken under the Plan by the Committee, the Board of Directors or their delegates.

13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of South Carolina, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

14. Modifications. No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Plan, sets forth all of the promises, agreements, conditions, understandings, warranties and representations between the parties hereto with respect to the Units granted hereunder, and there are no promises, agreements, conditions, understandings, warranties or representations, oral or written, express or implied, between them with respect to the Units other than as set forth herein or therein. The terms and conditions of the Plan are incorporated by reference herein, and to the extent that any conflict may exist between any term or provision of this Agreement and any term or provision of the Plan, the term or provision of the Plan shall control.

16. Construction. The use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender and the use of the singular herein shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, wherever appropriate.

17. Notices. Any and all notices required herein shall be addressed: (i) if to the Company, to the principal executive office of the Company; and (ii) if to the Participant, to his or her address as reflected in the records of the Company.

18. Invalid or Unenforceable Provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

The South Financial Group
By:
	Executive Vice President

[NAME]

3

AWARD SCHEDULE FOR 2006 – 2008 RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(BASED ON EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS)

Grant Year	% of Restricted Stock Units		Number of Restricted Stock Units - Target
2006	100	%

EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS

Cumulative Percent of Award	Restrictions Lapse as of
33.30%	January 31, 2007
33.30%	January 31, 2008
33.40%	January 31, 2009

AWARD SCHEDULE FOR 2006 – 2008 RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(BASED ON PERFORMANCE)

Performance Period	% of Restricted Stock Units		Number of Restricted Stock Units - Target	Number of Restricted Stock Units - Stretch
2006 to 2008	100	%

Performance Rating

For each performance period, the Board will evaluate the performance of The South Financial Group versus two established performance measures and the approved threshold, target and stretch performance levels. The percentage performance of each measure will be determined independently. Once the percentage performance has been determined, an overall percentage performance will be calculated by adding together each performance measure’s weight times the percentage performance for that measure. The percentage of Units that have met the performance conditions is equal to the overall percentage performance times the number of Units awarded.

The percentage performance for each measure will be determined in the following manner:

1. If performance is below the threshold, then that measures percentage performance is 0%.

2. If performance is below the target but exceeds the threshold, then that measures percentage performance is calculated based on straight-line interpolation and will be between 50% and 100%.

3. If performance is exactly equal to the target, then that measures percentage performance is 100%.

4. If performance is in between the target and the stretch, then that measures percentage performance is calculated based on straight-line interpolation and will be between 100% and 150%.

5. If performance is equal to or exceeds the stretch, then the percentage performance is 150%.

4

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY	DIRECT/INDIRECT	JURISDICTION INCORPORATION
American Pensions, Inc.	Direct	South Carolina
Bowditch Insurance Corporation	Indirect	Florida
Carolina First Bank	Direct	South Carolina
Carolina First Community Development Corporation	Indirect	South Carolina
Carolina First Mortgage Loan Trust	Indirect	South Carolina
Carolina First Mortgage Loan Trust II	Indirect	South Carolina
Carolina First Securities, Inc.	Indirect	South Carolina
CF Investment Company	Direct	South Carolina
Citrus REIT Corporation	Indirect	Florida
CNB Properties, Inc.	Indirect	Florida
Flaresco, Inc.	Indirect	Florida
FLOREIT, Inc.	Indirect	Virginia
Florida Banks Capital Trust I	Direct	Delaware
Florida Banks Capital Trust II	Direct	Delaware
Florida Banks Statutory Trust II	Direct	Delaware
Florida Banks Statutory Trust III	Direct	Delaware
Koss-Olinger and Company	Indirect	Florida
Koss-Olinger Consulting, Inc.	Indirect	Florida
Mercantile Bank	Direct	Florida
MountainBank Capital Trust I	Direct	Delaware
Mtnbk, Ltd.	Indirect	North Carolina
NDC New Markets Investments XIII, L.P.	Indirect	Delaware
Poinsett Service Corporation	Direct	South Carolina
RE Holdings, Inc.	Indirect	South Carolina
SCOREIT, Inc.	Indirect	Virginia
South Group Insurance Services, Inc.	Indirect	South Carolina
South Group Investment Services, Inc.	Indirect	Delaware
South Financial Asset Management, Inc.	Indirect	South Carolina
South Financial Capital Trust II	Direct	Delaware
South Financial Capital Trust III	Direct	Delaware
Summit Title, LLC	Indirect	North Carolina
TSFG Capital Trust 2002-A	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital Trust A	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital Trust B	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital Trust C	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital Trust D	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital A, LLC	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital B, LLC	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital C, LLC	Direct	Delaware
TSFG Capital D, LLC	Direct	Delaware

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 33-79668, 333-31948, 333-53170, 333-99159, 333-102877, 333-103763, 333-104947, 333-109578, 333-111805, 333-177409, 333-117508 and 333-124859) on Form S-8 and the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-112404, 333-106578, 333-120366 and 333-137578) on Form S-3 of The South Financial Group, Inc. of our report dated February 28, 2007 relating to the consolidated financial statements, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP        

Charlotte, North Carolina

February 28, 2007

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

The South Financial Group, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 33-79668, 333-31948, 333-53170, 333-99159, 333-102877, 333-103763, 333-104947, 333-109578, 333-111805, 333-177409, 333-117508, and 333-124859) on Form S-8 and the registration statements (Nos. 333-112404, 333-106578, 333-120366, and 333-137578) on Form S-3 of The South Financial Group, Inc. of our report dated March 10, 2006, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of The South Financial Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2005, which report appears in the December 31, 2006, annual report on Form 10-K of The South Financial Group, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Greenville, South Carolina

February 28, 2007

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Mack I. Whittle, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The South Financial Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2007
	/s/    MACK I. WHITTLE, Jr.
	Mack I. Whittle, Jr. Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Timothy K. Schools, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The South Financial Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2007
	/s/    TIMOTHY K. SCHOOLS
	Timothy K. Schools Executive Vice President (principal financial officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350

(Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

I, Mack I. Whittle, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of The South Financial Group, Inc. (“TSFG”) certify that to the best of my knowledge, based upon a review of the annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006 of TSFG (the “Report”):

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of TSFG.

/s/    MACK I. WHITTLE, Jr.        

Mack I. Whittle, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer

The South Financial Group, Inc.

February 28, 2007

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to The South Financial Group, Inc. and will be retained by The South Financial Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350

(Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

I, Timothy K. Schools, the Executive Vice President and Principal Financial Officer of The South Financial Group, Inc. (“TSFG”) certify that to the best of my knowledge, based upon a review of the annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006 of TSFG (the “Report”):

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of TSFG.

/S/    TIMOTHY K. SCHOOLS        

Timothy K. Schools

Executive Vice President and Principal Financial Officer

The South Financial Group, Inc.

February 28, 2007

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to The South Financial Group, Inc. and will be retained by The South Financial Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.